Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x      ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015

 

OR

 

o         TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to              

 

Commission File No. 001-31298

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

State of Delaware

 

23-0787699

State of Incorporation

 

I.R.S. Employer I.D. No.

 

9000 State Road

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19136

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 333-9000

(Address of principal executive offices and telephone number)

 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value

(Title of class)

 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12B-12 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o  No x

 

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of December 31, 2014 was $1,273,773,512 based on the closing price of the stock on the NYSE.

 

As of July 31, 2015, there were 36,476,764 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value, outstanding.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

3

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

19

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

26

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

27

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

27

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

28

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

30

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

30

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

43

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

44

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

45

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

45

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

45

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

46

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

50

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

68

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

70

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

70

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

71

SIGNATURES

75

 

2



Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995.

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements in “Item 1A — Risk Factors”, “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in other statements throughout the report.  Any statements made in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact or that refer to estimated or anticipated future events are forward-looking statements.  We have based our forward-looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to them at this time.  Such forward-looking statements reflect our current perspective of our business, future performance, existing trends and information as of the date of this filing.  These include, but are not limited to, our beliefs about future revenue and expense levels, growth rates, prospects related to our strategic initiatives and business strategies, express or implied assumptions about government regulatory action or inaction, anticipated product approvals and launches, business initiatives and product development activities, assessments related to clinical trial results, product performance and competitive environment, anticipated financial performance, and integration of acquisitions.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “estimate,” “continue,” or “pursue,” or the negative other variations thereof or comparable terminology, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  The statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict.  We caution the reader that certain important factors may affect our actual operating results and could cause such results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.  We believe the risks and uncertainties discussed under the “Item 1A - Risk Factors” and other risks and uncertainties detailed herein and from time to time in our SEC filings, may affect our actual results.

 

We disclaim any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  We also may make additional disclosures in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and in other filings that we may make from time to time with the SEC.  Other factors besides those listed here could also adversely affect us.  This discussion is provided as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.                        DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Business Overview

 

Lannett Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company,” “Lannett,” “we,” or “us”) was incorporated in 1942 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and reincorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation.  We develop, manufacture, market and distribute generic versions of brand pharmaceutical products.  We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.  All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the applicable fiscal year ended June 30.

 

The Company has experienced net sales growth at a compounded annual growth rate in excess of 29% over the past fourteen years.  In that time period, net sales increased from $12.1 million in fiscal year 2001 to $406.8 million in fiscal year 2015.  This growth has been achieved through favorable product pricing environments, strategic partnerships, and launches of additional manufactured drugs, as well as opportunities resulting from our strong historical record of regulatory compliance.

 

All products that we currently manufacture and/or distribute are prescription products with the exception of a small portfolio of over-the-counter products manufactured at Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired on June 1, 2015.  Our top five products in each year collectively accounted for 78% of our net sales in fiscal year 2015 and 74% and 69% of our net sales in fiscal years’ 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

Vertically Integrated Manufacturer, Supplier and Distributor of Narcotics and Controlled Drugs.  In July 2008, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) granted Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs”) a license to directly import concentrated poppy straw for conversion into opioid-based active pharmaceutical ingredients (“APIs”) for use in various dosage forms for pain management.  This license, along with Cody Labs’ expertise in API development and manufacture, allows the Company to perform in a market with high barriers to entry, no foreign competition, and limited domestic competition.  Because of this vertical integration, the Company has direct control of its supply and can avoid increased costs associated with buying APIs from third-party manufacturers, thereby achieving higher margins.

 

Proven Ability to Develop Successful Products and Achieve Scale in Production.  We believe that our ability to select viable products for development, efficiently develop such products, including obtaining any applicable regulatory approvals, vertically integrate into certain markets and achieve economies of scale in production are critical to our success in the generic pharmaceutical industry.  We intend to focus on long-term profitability driven in part by securing market positions with less competition.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Efficient Development Systems and Manufacturing Expertise for New Products.  We believe that our manufacturing expertise, low overhead expenses, efficient product development, and marketing capabilities can help us remain competitive in the generic pharmaceutical market.  We intend to dedicate significant capital toward developing new products because we believe our success is linked to our ability to continually introduce new generic products into the marketplace.  Competition from new and other market participants for the manufacture and distribution of certain products would likely affect our market share with respect to such products as well as force us to reduce our selling price for such products due to their increased availability.  As a result, we believe that our success depends on our ability to properly assess the competitive market for new products, including market share, the number of competitors and the generic unit price erosion.  We intend to reduce our exposure to competitive influences that may negatively affect our sales and profits, including the potential saturation of the market for certain products, by continuing to emphasize maintenance of a strong research and development (“R&D”) pipeline.

 

Mutually Beneficial Supply and Distribution Arrangements.  In 2004, we entered into an exclusive ten-year distribution agreement (the “JSP Distribution Agreement”) with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals (“JSP”) covering four different product lines.  On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend its initial contract to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP.  The amendment to the original agreement extends the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years.  In connection with the amendment, the Company issued a total of 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock to JSP and its designees.  In accordance with its policy related to renewal and extension costs for recognized intangible assets, the Company recorded a $20.1 million expense in cost of sales, which represented the fair value of the shares on August 19, 2013.  If the parties agree to a second five year extension from March 23, 2019 to March 23, 2024, the Company is required to issue to JSP or its designees an additional 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  Both Lannett and JSP have the right to terminate the contract if one of the parties does not cure a material breach of the contract within thirty (30) days of notice from the non-breaching party.  Levothyroxine Sodium and Digoxin collectively accounted for 50% of our net sales in fiscal year 2015.

 

During the term of the agreement and related amendment, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum dollar quantities of JSP products.  The Company has met the minimum purchase requirement for Fiscal 2015, but there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to continue to do so in fiscal year 2016 and in the future.  If the Company does not meet the minimum purchase requirements, JSP’s sole remedy is to terminate the agreement.

 

Dependable Supplier to our Customers.  We believe we are viewed within the generic pharmaceutical industry as a strong, dependable supplier.  We have cultivated strong and dependable customer relationships by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders.  A majority of our orders are filled and shipped either on the day that we receive the order or the following day.

 

Strong Track Record of Obtaining Regulatory Approvals for New Products.  During the past three fiscal years, we have received several approved Abbreviated New Drug Applications (each, an “ANDA”)/ANDA supplements from the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”).  Although the timing of ANDA approvals by the FDA is uncertain, we currently expect to receive several more during Fiscal 2016.  These regulatory approvals will enable us to manufacture and supply a broader portfolio of generic pharmaceutical products.

 

Reputation for Regulatory Compliance.  We have a strong track record of regulatory compliance.  We believe that we have strong effective regulatory compliance capabilities and practices which result from the hiring of qualified individuals and the implementation of strong current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”).  Our agility in responding quickly to market events and a reputation for regulatory compliance position us to avail ourselves of market opportunities as they are presented to us.

 

In addition, narcotics which are classified by the DEA as “controlled drugs” are subject to a rigorous regulatory compliance regimen.  We are one of seven companies in the U.S. that have been granted a license from the DEA to import raw concentrated poppy straw for conversion into APIs.  Such licenses are renewed annually, and non-compliance could result in a license not being renewed.  As a result, we believe that our strong reputation for regulatory compliance allows us to have a competitive edge in managing the production and distribution of controlled drugs.

 

Business Strategies

 

Continue to Broaden our Product Lines Through Internal Development and Strategic Partnerships.

 

We are focused on increasing our market share in the generic pharmaceutical industry while concentrating additional resources on the development of new products, with an emphasis on controlled substance products.  We continue to improve our financial performance by expanding our line of generic products, increasing unit sales to current customers, creating manufacturing efficiencies, and managing our overhead and administrative costs.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

We have targeted four strategies for expanding our product offerings: (1) deploying our experienced R&D staff to develop products in-house, (2) entering into product development agreements or strategic partnerships with third-party product developers and formulators, (3) purchasing ANDAs from other generic manufacturers and (4) marketing drugs under brand names.  We expect that each strategy will facilitate our identification, selection and development of additional generic pharmaceutical products that we may distribute through our existing network of customers.

 

Key highlights related to product developments during Fiscal 2015 included the Company acquiring two ANDAs, Estradiol Tablets, USP, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, and 2 mg and Selegiline Hydrochloride Capsules 5 mg, as well as the Company entering into several new distribution agreements including an agreement with Symplemed, Inc. to be the exclusive distributor in the United States of an authorized generic version of ACEON® (perindopril erbumine tablets) in 2 mg, 4 mg, and 8 mg dosage strengths.

 

We have several existing supply and development agreements with both international and domestic companies, and are currently in negotiations on similar agreements with additional companies, through which we can market and distribute future products.  We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build our market share for such products.

 

Mergers and Acquisitions.

 

We are active in evaluating potential mergers and acquisitions opportunities that are a strategic fit and accretive to our business.  We are particularly interested in opportunities that globalize our business, further vertically integrate our operations, or enhance shareholder value through an acquisition in a tax favorable jurisdiction.  During Fiscal 2015, we completed the acquisition of Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a New York corporation, and Stoneleigh Realty, LLC, a New York limited liability company (together “Silarx”), for $42.5 million, subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment.

 

Silarx manufactures and markets high-quality liquid pharmaceutical products, including generic prescription and over-the-counter products.  Silarx recently moved into an 110,000 square foot facility located in Carmel, New York and was the first company to secure U.S. approval for a generic version of Viiv Healthcare’s Epivir® (lamivudine) 10mg/ml oral solution.  By challenging Viiv’s U.S. patent, which expires on September 20, 2018, Silarx secured 180-day generic market exclusivity and launched the product in March 2015.  Silarx is also the only manufacturer of Loratadine Oral Solution (equivalent to the active ingredient of Claritin®) with the FDA approved indication of “Hives-Relief.” Additional key products include Citalopram Oral Solution (equivalent to the active ingredient of Celexa®) and Fluoxetine Oral Solution (equivalent to the active ingredient of Prozac®).

 

Improve our Operating Profile in Certain Targeted Specialty Markets.

 

In certain situations, we may increase our focus on particular specialty markets within the generic pharmaceutical industry.  By narrowing our focus to specialty markets, we can provide product alternatives in categories with relatively fewer market participants.  We plan to strengthen our relationships with strategic partners, including providers of product development research, raw materials, APIs and finished products.  We believe that mutually beneficial strategic relationships in such areas, including potential financing arrangements, partnerships, joint ventures or acquisitions, could enhance our competitive advantages in the generic pharmaceutical market.

 

Leverage Ability to Vertically Integrate as a Manufacturer, Supplier and Distributor of Controlled Substance Products.

 

One initiative that is at the core of the Company’s strategy is to continue leveraging the asset we acquired in 2007, Cody Labs.  In July 2008, the DEA granted Cody Labs a license to directly import concentrated poppy straw for conversion into opioid-based APIs for use in various dosage forms for pain management.  The value of this license comes from the fact that, to date, only six other companies in the U.S. have been granted this license.  This license, along with Cody Labs’ expertise in API development and manufacture, allows the Company to perform in a market with high barriers to entry, no foreign competition, and limited domestic competition.  Because of this vertical integration, the Company has direct control of its supply and can avoid increased costs associated with buying APIs from third-party manufacturers, thereby achieving higher margins.  The Company can also leverage this vertical integration not only for direct supply of opioid-based APIs, but also for the manufacture of non-opioid-based APIs.

 

The Company believes that the demand for controlled substance, pain management drugs will continue to grow as the “Baby Boomer” generation ages.  By concentrating additional resources in the development of opioid-based APIs and dosage forms, the Company is well-positioned to take advantage of this opportunity.  The Company is currently vertically integrated on two products with several others in various stages of development.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Key Products

 

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets

 

Levothyroxine Sodium tablets are produced and marketed with 12 varying potencies.  Levothyroxine Sodium tablets are manufactured by JSP and we distribute it under the JSP Distribution Agreement.  Levothyroxine Sodium tablets remain one of the most prescribed drugs in the U.S. and are used by patients of various ages and demographic backgrounds for the treatment of thyroid deficiency.  Net sales of Levothyroxine Sodium tablets totaled $153.5 million in fiscal year 2015.  In our distribution of these products, we compete with two brand Levothyroxine Sodium products—AbbVie’s Synthroid® and Pfizer’s Levoxyl®— as well as generic products from Mylan and Sandoz.

 

Digoxin Tablets

 

Digoxin tablets are produced and marketed with two different potencies.  This product is manufactured by JSP and we distribute it under the JSP Distribution Agreement.  Digoxin tablets are used to treat congestive heart failure in patients of various ages and demographics.  Net sales of this product totaled $49.0 million in fiscal year 2015.  In our distribution of these products, we compete with a generic product from Impax and expect to compete against West-Ward, Caraco, Mylan, Impax and the brand Lanoxin from Covis.

 

Butalbital Products

 

We distribute three products containing Butalbital.  We have manufactured and sold Butalbital with Aspirin and Caffeine capsules for more than 20 years.  Butalbital with Aspirin, Caffeine and Codeine Phosphate capsules are manufactured by JSP and distributed under the JSP Distribution Agreement.  Additionally, in September 2012 the Company was approved to sell Butalbital, Acetaminophen and Caffeine Tablets.  Butalbital products, which are orally administered in capsule or tablet dosage forms, are prescribed to treat migraines and tension headaches caused by contractions of the muscles in the neck and shoulder area.  The drug is prescribed primarily for adults of various demographics.  Migraines are an increasingly prevalent condition in the United States and we believe the demand for effective medical treatments will continue to increase.  Net sales of Butalbital products totaled $25.7 million in fiscal year 2015. Although new innovator drugs to treat migraines have been introduced by brand name drug companies, we believe that there is still a loyal following of doctors and consumers who prefer to use Butalbital products for treatment.

 

Ursodiol Capsules

 

Ursodiol Capsules are produced and marketed in 300 mg capsules and are used for the treatment of gallstones.  Net sales of Ursodiol Capsules totaled $65.3 million in fiscal year 2015.  We compete with a generic product from Mylan and Epic as well as the brand Actigall from Actavis.

 

Pain Management Products

 

Cocaine Topical® Solution (“C-Topical®”) is produced and marketed under a preliminary new drug application (“PIND”) in two different strengths and two different size containers.  C-Topical® is utilized primarily for the anesthetization of the patient during ear, nose or throat surgery.  The Company is currently in the process of completing a Phase 3 clinical trial in preparation of submitting an NDA for C-Topical® and continues to actively market the product utilizing a group of brand representatives in key market locations throughout the United States.

 

Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution is produced and marketed in three different size containers.  We manufacture this product at Cody Labs and are currently finishing the manufacturing methods and capabilities to make the API.  This drug is prescribed primarily for the management of pain in adults.

 

Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution (“Oxycodone”) was produced until August 20, 2012 and marketed until October 4, 2012 in two different size containers, at which point, as a result of FDA enforcement actions against all market participants, the Company voluntarily exited the market.  Prior to the enforcement actions the Company had submitted an ANDA to the FDA.  The Company received approval and commenced shipping Oxycodone in September 2014.  This drug is prescribed primarily for the management and relief of moderate to moderately severe pain.

 

Other products in the pain management franchise include Hydromorphone HCl tablets and Codeine Sulfate tablets.  Additionally, the Company added several pain management products through the Silarx acquisition.  Net sales of pain management products totaled $27.5 million in fiscal year 2015.

 

Validated Pharmaceutical Capabilities

 

Our 31,000 square foot manufacturing facility sits on 3.5 acres of Company owned land.  In addition, we own a 63,000 square foot building residing on 3.0 acres of Company owned land.  This facility is located within one mile of our manufacturing facility.  The facility houses packaging and research and development, and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed.  We also own a 66,000 square foot building on 7.3 acres of land, which is used for certain administrative functions, warehouse space and shipping.  It also has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed.  All three of these buildings are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of an approximately 73,000 square foot facility located on 15.0 acres of land in Cody, Wyoming.  Cody Labs leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC (“Realty”), which is 50% owned by Lannett and 50% owned by a former officer of Cody Labs.  Cody Labs’ manufacturing facility currently has little capacity for further expansion.

 

In June 2015, we completed the acquisition of Silarx.  The manufacturing facility owned by Silarx consists of an 110,000 square foot facility located in Carmel, New York and sits on 25.8 acres of land.  The facility currently houses manufacturing, packaging, research and development and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed.

 

We have adopted many new processes in support of regulations relating to cGMPs in the last several years, and we believe we are operating our facilities in substantial compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations.  In designing our facilities, full attention was given to material flow, equipment and automation, quality control and inspection.  A granulator, an automatic film coating machine, high-speed tablet presses, blenders, encapsulators, fluid bed dryers, high shear mixers, high-speed bottle filling and high potency or specialized manufacturing suites are a few examples of the sophisticated product development, manufacturing and packaging equipment used in the production process.  In addition, our Quality Control laboratory facilities are equipped with high precision instruments, such as automated liquid chromatographs (HPLC and UPLC), gas chromatographs, and laser particle size analyzers.

 

We continue to pursue the “Quality by Design” concept for improving and maintaining quality control and quality assurance programs in our pharmaceutical development and manufacturing facilities, which is outlined in the FDA report titled, “Pharmaceutical Quality for the 21st Century: A Risk-Based Approach.”  The FDA periodically inspects our production facilities to determine our compliance with the FDA’s manufacturing standards.  Typically, after completing its inspection, the FDA will issue a report, entitled a “Form 483”, containing observations arising from an inspection.  The FDA’s observations may be minor or severe in nature and the degree of severity is generally determined by the time necessary to remediate the cGMP violation, any consequences to the consumer of the products, and whether the observation is subject to a Warning Letter from the FDA.  By strictly complying with cGMPs and the various FDA guidelines, Good Laboratory Practices (“GLPs”), as well as adherence to our Standard Operating Procedures, we have never received a cGMP Warning Letter in more than 70 years of business.

 

Research and Development Process

 

Over the past several years, we have invested heavily in R&D projects.  The costs of these R&D efforts are expensed during the periods incurred.  We believe that such costs may be recovered in future years when we receive approval from the FDA to distribute such products.  We have embarked on a plan to grow in future years, which includes organic growth to be achieved through our R&D efforts.  We expect that our growing list of generic products under development will drive future growth.  Over the past several years, we have hired additional personnel in product development, production, and formulation.  The following steps outline the numerous stages in the generic drug development process:

 

1.)          Formulation and Analytical Method Development.  After a drug candidate is selected for future sale, product development scientists perform various experiments on the incorporation of active ingredients into a dosage form.  These experiments will result in the creation of a number of product formulations to determine which formula will be most suitable for our subsequent development process.  Various formulations are tested in the laboratory to measure results against the innovator drug.  During this time, we may use reverse engineering methods on samples of the innovator drug to determine the type and quantity of inactive ingredients.  During the formulation phase, our R&D chemists begin to develop an analytical, laboratory testing method.  The successful development of this test method will allow us to test developmental and commercial batches of the product in the future.  All of the information used in the final formulation, including the analytical test methods adopted for the generic drug candidate, will be included as part of the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls section of the ANDA submitted to the FDA.

 

2.)          Scale-up and Tech Transfer.  After product development, scientists and the R&D chemists agree on a final formulation for use in moving the drug candidate forward in the developmental process, we then attempt to increase the batch size of the product.  The batch size represents the standard magnitude to be used in manufacturing a batch of the product.  The determination of batch size affects the amount of raw material that is used in the manufacturing process and the number of expected dosages to be created during the production cycle.  We attempt to determine batch size based on the amount of active ingredient in each dosage, the available production equipment and unit sales projections.  The scaled-up batch is then generally produced in our commercial manufacturing facilities.  During this manufacturing process, we document the equipment used, the amount of time in each major processing step and any other steps needed to consistently produce a batch of that product.  This information, generally referred to as the validated manufacturing process, is included in the ANDA.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

3.)          Bioequivalency and Clinical Testing.  After a successful scale-up of the generic drug batch, we schedule and perform bioequivalency testing on the product, and in some cases, clinical testing if required by the FDA.  These procedures, which are generally outsourced to third parties, include testing the absorption of the generic product in the human bloodstream compared to the absorption of the innovator drug.  The results of this testing are then documented and reported to us to determine the “success” of the generic drug product.  Success, in this context, means that we are able to demonstrate that our product is comparable to the innovator product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics and intended use.

 

Bioequivalence (meaning that the product performs in the same manner and in the same amount of time as the innovator drug) and a stable formula are the primary requirements for a generic drug approval (assuming the manufacturing plant is in compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations).  With the exception of 505(b)(2) NDA filings, lengthy and costly clinical trials proving safety and efficacy, which are required by the FDA for innovator drug approvals, are typically unnecessary for generic companies.  If the results are successful, we will continue the collection of information and documentation for assembly of the drug application.

 

4.)          Submission of the ANDA for FDA Review and Approval.  The ANDA process became formalized under The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act (“Hatch-Waxman Act”).  The Hatch-Waxman Act amended the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) to permit the FDA to review and approve an ANDA for a generic equivalent of a new drug product, which previously received FDA approval through its new drug approval process, without having the generic drug company conduct costly clinical trials.  An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data, and quality control procedures.

 

We currently file our ANDAs and NDAs electronically.  On July 9, 2012, the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act was enacted, which included the Generic Drug User Fee Amendments of 2012 (“GDUFA”).  Under these Amendments the FDA committed to reviewing 90% of complete electronic generic applications within 10 months after the date of submission.  Applications filed after October 2014 will be reviewed under this process, however, ANDAs and NDAs submitted for our products may not receive FDA approval on a timely basis, or at all.  The current FDA median review time for ANDAs is 31 months.  While we have received approval for some of our ANDAs in as little as 14 months, we have also waited longer than 36 months before receiving approval.  The FDA has advised that electronic submissions of applications may shorten the approval process.

 

When a generic drug company files an ANDA with the FDA, it must certify either (i) that no patent was filed for the listed drug (a “paragraph I” certification), (ii) that the patent has expired (a “paragraph II” certification), (iii) that the patent will expire on a specified date and the ANDA filer will not market the drug until that date (a “paragraph III” certification), or (iv) that the patent is invalid or would not be infringed by the manufacture, use, or sale of the new drug (a “paragraph IV” certification). A paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the ANDA refers.  A paragraph IV certification can trigger an automatic 30 month stay of the ANDA if the innovator company files a claim which would delay the approval of the generic company’s ANDA.

 

As of June 30, 2015, we have ten paragraph IV certifications pending with the FDA, of which five were filed by Lannett and five by Silarx.  Three of the paragraph IV certifications are currently being challenged.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to the Zomig® nasal spray product, AstraZeneca AB, AstraZeneca UK Limited and Impax Laboratories, Inc. filed two patent infringement complaints against the Company in July 2014.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to Thalomid®, Celegene Corporation and Children’s Medical Center Corporation filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in January 2015.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to Dilaudid®, Purdue Pharmaceutical Products L.P, Purdue Pharma L.P, and Purdue Pharma Technologies Inc. filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in August 2015.  The Company is in various stages of responding to the patent infringement claims.  Refer to Note 12 “Legal and Regulatory Matters” for additional information.

 

Sales and Customer Relationships

 

We sell our pharmaceutical products to generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug retailers, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations.  We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows, and bids.  Our practice of maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders have contributed to a strong reputation among our customers as a dependable supplier of high quality generic pharmaceuticals.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Management

 

We have been focused on enhancing the quality of our management team in anticipation of continuing growth.  We have hired experienced personnel from large, established, brand pharmaceutical companies as well as competing generic companies to complement the skills and knowledge of the existing management team.  As we continue to grow, additional personnel may need to be added to our management team.  We intend to hire the best people available to expand the knowledge base and expertise within our personnel ranks.

 

Current Products

 

As of the date of this filing, we manufactured and/or distributed the following products:

 

Name of Product(1)

 

Medical Indication

 

Equivalent Brand

1

 

Acetazolamide Tablets

 

Glaucoma

 

Diamox®

2

 

Baclofen Tablets

 

Muscle Relaxant

 

Lioresal®

3

 

Butalbital, Acetaminophen and Caffeine Tablets

 

Migraine

 

Fioricet®

4

 

Butalbital, Aspirin and Caffeine Capsules

 

Migraine

 

Fiorinal®

5

 

Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules*

 

Migraine

 

Fiorinal w/ Codeine #3®

6

 

C-Topical ® Solution

 

Anesthetic

 

N/A

7

 

Digoxin Tablets*

 

Congestive Heart Failure

 

Lanoxin®

8

 

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets*

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

Levoxyl®/ Synthroid®

9

 

Pilocarpine HCl Tablets

 

Dryness of the Mouth

 

Salagen®

10

 

Probenecid Tablets

 

Gout

 

Benemid®

11

 

Terbutaline Sulfate Tablets

 

Bronchospasms

 

Brethine®

12

 

Triamterene w/Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules

 

Hypertension

 

Dyazide®

13

 

Ursodiol Capsules

 

Gallstone

 

Actigall ®

 


*Distributed under the JSP Distribution Agreement

(1) Products not listed each represented less than 1% of total net sales in Fiscal 2015.

 

Unlike brand, innovator companies, we do not develop new molecules.  However, we have filed and received two patents for APIs at our Cody, Wyoming manufacturing facility, with additional patents in process. Additionally, the Company is currently in the process of completing a Phase 3 clinical trial in preparation of submitting an NDA for C-Topical® and continues to actively market the product utilizing a group of brand representatives in key market locations throughout the United States.

 

In fiscal year 2015, we received several ANDA/ANDA supplement approvals from the FDA.  The following summary contains more specific details regarding our latest ANDA approvals.  Market data was obtained from Wolters Kluwer and IMS.

 

In July 2014, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Oxycodone Hydrochloride Capsules, 5mg, the therapeutic equivalent to the reference listed drug, Oxycodone Hydrochloride Capsules, 5mg, of Lehigh Valley Technologies, Inc.  According to IMS, for the year ended June 2014 total sales of Oxycodone Hydrochloride Capsules, 5mg, at Average Wholesale Price (AWP) were $7.1 million.

 

In September 2014, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Oxycodone Hydrochloride Oral Solution USP, 100 mg per 5 mL, the therapeutic equivalent to the reference listed drug, Oxycodone Hydrochloride Oral Solution USP, 100 mg per 5 mL, of Lehigh Valley Technologies, Inc. According to IMS, annualized sales of Oxycodone Hydrochloride Oral Solution USP, 100 mg per 5 mL, at Average Wholesale Price (AWP) were approximately $43.0 million.

 

In October 2014, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Letrozole Tablets USP, 2.5 mg, the therapeutic equivalent to the reference listed drug, Femara® Tablets, 2.5 mg, of Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation. According to IMS, for the year ended September 2014 total sales of Letrozole Tablets USP, 2.5 mg, at Average Wholesale Price (AWP) were approximately $359.0 million.

 

In December 2014, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Dorzolamide Hydrochloride and Timolol Maleate Ophthalmic Solution, 2%/0.5%, the therapeutic equivalent to the reference listed drug, Cosopt®  Ophthalmic Solution, 2%/0.5%, of Oak Pharmaceuticals, Inc. According to IMS, for the year ended October 2014, total sales of Dorzolamide Hydrochloride and Timolol Maleate Ophthalmic Solution, 2%/0.5%, at Average Wholesale Price (AWP) were approximately $123.0 million.

 

We have additional products currently under development which are orally administered solid oral-dosage products (i.e., tablet/capsule) or oral solutions, nasal, topicals or parentarels, as well as other dosage forms designed to be generic equivalents to brand named innovator drugs.  Our developmental drug products are intended to treat a diverse range of indications.  The products under development are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, clinical testing and FDA review.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

The cost associated with each product that we are currently developing is dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to, the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the price of the raw materials and the FDA-mandated requirement of bioequivalence studies (depending on the FDA’s Orange Book classification).  The cost to develop a new generic product varies but could total several million dollars.

 

In addition, we currently own several ANDAs that are dormant for products which we currently do not manufacture and market.  Occasionally, we review such ANDAs to determine if the market potential for any of these older drugs has recently changed to make it attractive for us to reconsider manufacturing and selling.  If we decide to introduce one of these products into the consumer market, we must review the original ANDA and related documentation to ensure that the approved product specifications, formulation and other factors meet current FDA requirements for the marketing of the applicable drug.  Generally, in these situations, we file a supplement to the FDA for the applicable ANDA, informing the FDA of any significant changes in the manufacturing process, the formulation, the raw material supplier or another major feature of the previously approved ANDA.  We would then redevelop the product and submit it to the FDA for supplemental approval.  The FDA’s approval process for an ANDA supplement is similar to that of a new ANDA.

 

In addition to the efforts of our internal product development group, we have contracted with numerous outside firms for the formulation and development of several new generic drug products.  These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, analytical method development, and testing and manufacturing scale-up.  These products include orally administered solid dosage products, injectables and nasal delivery products that are intended to treat a diverse range of medical indications.  We intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for some of these R&D products to our own commercial manufacturing sites.  We initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of our own internal R&D efforts.

 

The following table summarizes key information related to our R&D products at June 30, 2015.  The column headings are defined as follows:

 

1.)          Stage of R&D — defines the current stage of the R&D product in the development process, as of the date of this Form 10-K.

 

2.)          Regulatory Requirement — defines whether the R&D product is or is expected to be a new ANDA submission or a New Drug Application (“NDA”).

 

3.)          Number of Products — defines the number of products in R&D at the stage noted.  In this context, a product means any finished dosage form, including all potencies, containing the same API or combination of APIs and which represents a generic version of the same Reference Listed Drug (“RLD”) or innovator drug, identified in the FDA’s Orange Book.

 

Stage of R&D

 

Regulatory Requirement

 

Number of Products

 

FDA Review

 

ANDA

 

29

 

In Development

 

ANDA/NDA

 

47

 

 

We recorded R&D expenses of $30.3 million in fiscal year 2015, $27.7 million in fiscal year 2014, and $16.3 million in fiscal year 2013.  These amounts included expenses associated with bioequivalence studies, internal development resources as well as outsourced development.  While we manage all R&D from our principal executive office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, we have also been taking steps to capitalize on favorable development costs in other countries.  We have strategic relationships with various companies that either act as contract research organizations or API suppliers as well as dosage form manufacturers.  In addition, U.S.-based research organizations have been engaged for product development to enhance our internal development.  Fixed payment arrangements are established between Lannett and these research organizations and in some cases include a royalty provision.  Development payments are normally scheduled in advance, based on attaining development milestones.

 

Raw Materials and Finished Goods Suppliers

 

Our use of raw materials in the production process consists of using pharmaceutical chemicals in various forms that are generally available from several sources.  FDA approval is required in connection with the process of using active ingredient suppliers.  In addition to the raw materials we purchase for the production process, we purchase certain finished dosage inventories.  We sell these finished dosage form products directly to our customers along with the finished dosage form products manufactured in-house.  We generally take precautionary measures to avoid a disruption in raw materials and finished goods, such as finding secondary suppliers for certain raw materials or finished goods when available.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s primary finished goods inventory supplier is JSP, in Bohemia, New York.  Purchases of finished goods from JSP accounted for 68% of our inventory purchases in fiscal year 2015, 62% in fiscal year 2014 and 60% in fiscal year 2013.  On March 23, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP for the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to the current line of JSP products, in exchange for 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  The JSP products covered under the agreement included Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules; Digoxin Tablets; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, sold generically and under the brand name Unithroid®.  On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend its initial contract to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP.  The amendment to the original agreement extends the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years through March 2019.  In connection with the amendment, the Company issued a total of 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock to JSP and its designees.  The Company recorded a $20.1 million expense in cost of sales, which represents the fair value of the shares on August 19, 2013.  If the parties agree to a second five year extension from March 23, 2019 to March 23, 2024, the Company is required to issue to JSP or its designees an additional 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  Both Lannett and JSP have the right to terminate the contract if one of the parties does not cure a material breach of the contract within thirty (30) days of notice from the non-breaching party.

 

During the term of the agreement and related amendment, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum dollar quantities of JSP products.  The Company has met the minimum purchase requirement for Fiscal 2015, but there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to continue to do so in fiscal year 2016 and in the future.  If the Company does not meet the minimum purchase requirements, JSP’s sole remedy is to terminate the agreement.

 

We have entered into definitive supply and development agreements with international companies, including, Azad Pharma AG, Aenova (formerly Swiss Caps) of Switzerland, Pharma 2B (formerly Pharmaseed), The GC Group of Israel and HEC Pharm Group, Sunshine Lake, LLC, as well as domestic companies, including JSP, Cerovene, Symplemed, Inc., and Summit Bioscience LLC.  We are currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other companies, through which we will market and distribute future products manufactured in-house or by third parties.  We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build market share for such products, and increase future revenues and income.

 

Customers and Marketing

 

We sell our products primarily to wholesale distributors, generic drug distributors, mail-order pharmacies, group purchasing organizations, chain drug stores and other pharmaceutical companies.  The pharmaceutical industry’s largest wholesale distributors, Amerisource Bergen, McKesson, and Cardinal Health, accounted for 30%, 11%, and 7%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 2015 and 19%, 8% and 9%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 2014.  Our largest chain drug store customer in fiscal year 2015 accounted for 6% of net sales.  In fiscal year 2014, our largest chain drug store customer accounted for 13% of net sales.  Due to a strategic partnership between Amerisource Bergen and Walgreens, Amerisource Bergen began handling product distribution for Walgreens in the third quarter of fiscal year 2014.  As a result of the Amerisource Bergen and Walgreens partnership, as well as other strategic partnerships between industry wholesalers and retailers, the Company has been experiencing and continues to expect a shift in net sales mix with an increase in net sales to wholesalers and a decrease in net sales to retailers.  We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, and have experienced no significant collection problems to date.  Generally, we require no collateral from our customers.

 

Sales to wholesale customers include “indirect sales,” which represent sales to third-party entities, such as independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  We enter into definitive agreements with our indirect customers to establish pricing for certain covered products.  Under such agreements, the indirect customers independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices.  We will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price.  This credit is called a “chargeback.”  For more information on chargebacks, see the section entitled “Critical Accounting Policies” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.  These indirect sale transactions are recorded on our books as sales to wholesale customers.

 

We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows and group purchasing organizations’ bidding processes.  We also market our products through private label arrangements, under which we manufacture our products with a label containing the name and logo of our customer.  This practice is commonly referred to as “private label business.”  Private label business allows us to leverage our internal sales efforts by using the marketing services from other well-respected pharmaceutical suppliers.  The focus of our sales efforts is the relationships we create with our customer accounts.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Strong and dependable customer relationships have created a positive platform for us to increase our sales volumes.  Historically, and in fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, our advertising expenses were immaterial.  When our sales representatives make contact with a customer, we will generally offer to supply the customer our products at fixed prices.  If accepted, the customer’s purchasing department will coordinate the purchase, receipt and distribution of the products throughout its distribution centers and retail outlets.  Once a customer accepts our supply of a product, the customer typically expects a high standard of service, including timely receipt of products ordered, availability of convenient, user-friendly and effective customer service functions and maintaining open lines of communication.

 

We believe that retail-level consumer demand dictates the total volume of sales for various products.  In the event that wholesale and retail customers adjust their purchasing volumes, we believe that consumer demand will be fulfilled by other wholesale or retail sources of supply.  As a result, we attempt to develop and maintain strong relationships with most of the major retail chains, wholesale distributors and mail-order pharmacies in order to facilitate the supply of our products through whatever channel the consumer prefers.  Although we have agreements with customers governing the transaction terms of our sales, generally there are no minimum purchase quantities applicable to these agreements.

 

Competition

 

The manufacturing and distribution of generic pharmaceutical products is a highly competitive industry.  Competition is based primarily on price.  In addition to competitive pricing, our competitive advantages are our ability to provide strong and dependable customer service by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of orders.  We ensure that our products are available from national suppliers as well as our own warehouse.  The modernization of our facilities, hiring of experienced staff and implementation of inventory and quality control programs have improved our competitive cost position over the past five years.

 

We compete with other manufacturers and marketers of generic and brand name drugs.  Each product manufactured and/or sold by us has a different set of competitors.  The list below identifies the companies with which we primarily compete with respect to each of our major products.

 

Product

 

Primary Competitors

 

 

 

Acetazolomide Tablets

 

Taro

 

 

 

Butalbital, Acetaminophen and Caffeine Tablets

 

Mallinckrodt, Mikart, Qualitest, Actavis and West-Ward

 

 

 

Butalbital with Aspirin and Caffeine, with and without Codeine Phosphate Capsules

 

Actavis and Breckenridge

 

 

 

C-Topical® Solution

 

Alternative products including using Lidocaine and Epinephrine combined

 

 

 

Digoxin Tablets

 

Mylan, Impax, West-Ward, Caraco, and Covis

 

 

 

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets

 

AbbVie, Pfizer, Mylan and Sandoz

 

 

 

Ursodiol Capsules

 

Epic, Mylan and Actavis

 

Government Regulation

 

Pharmaceutical manufacturers are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, principally by the FDA, and, in cases of controlled substance products the DEA, and to a lesser extent by other federal regulatory bodies and state governments.  The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), the Controlled Substance Act (the “CSA”) and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, pricing, advertising, and promotion of our generic drug products.  Noncompliance with applicable regulations can result in fines, product recalls, and seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, personal and/or corporate prosecution and debarment, and refusal of the government to approve new drug applications.  The FDA also has the authority to revoke previously approved drug applications.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Generally, FDA approval is required before a prescription drug can be marketed.  A new drug is one not generally recognized by qualified experts as safe and effective for its intended use.  New drugs are typically developed and submitted to the FDA by companies expecting to brand the product and sell it.  The FDA review process for new drugs is very extensive and requires a substantial investment to research and test the drug candidate.  However, less burdensome approval procedures are generally used for generic equivalents.  Typically, the investment required to develop a generic drug is less costly than the innovator drug.

 

There are currently three ways to obtain FDA approval of a drug:

 

·                  New Drug Applications (NDA): Unless one of the two procedures discussed in the following sections is available, a manufacturer must conduct and submit to the FDA complete clinical studies to establish a drug’s safety and efficacy.  The new drug approval process generally involves:

 

·                  completion of preclinical laboratory and animal testing in compliance with the FDA’s GLP regulations;

 

·                  submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

·                  performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each intended use;

 

·                  satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations; and

 

·                  submission to and approval by the FDA of an NDA.

 

The results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin.  Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent Institutional Review Board.  Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.  These phases generally include:

 

·                  Phase I, during which the drug is introduced into healthy human subjects or, on occasion, patients and is tested for safety, stability, dose tolerance, and metabolism;

 

·                  Phase II, during which the drug is introduced into a limited patient population to determine the efficacy of the product in specific targeted indications, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, and to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks; and

 

·                  Phase III, during which the clinical trial is expanded to a larger and more diverse patient group at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites to further evaluate clinical efficacy, optimal dosage, and safety.

 

The drug sponsor, the FDA, or the independent Institutional Review Board at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

 

The results of preclinical animal studies and human clinical studies, together with other detailed information, are submitted to the FDA as part of the NDA.  The NDA also must contain extensive manufacturing information.  The FDA may disapprove the NDA if applicable FDA regulatory criteria are not satisfied or it may require additional clinical data.  Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-market regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur or are identified after the product reaches the marketplace.  In addition, the FDA may require post-marketing studies to monitor the effect of approved products and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.

 

The FDA has broad post-market regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend or delay issuance of approvals, seize or recall products, and withdraw approvals.

 

Satisfaction of FDA new drug approval requirements typically takes several years, and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.  Government regulation may delay or prevent marketing of potential products for a considerable period of time and/or require additional procedures which increase manufacturing costs.  Success in early stage clinical trials does not assure success in later stage clinical trials.  Data obtained from clinical activities is not always conclusive and may be subject to varying interpretations that could delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval.  Even if a product receives regulatory approval, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

·                  Abbreviated New Drug Applications (ANDA): An ANDA is similar to an NDA except that the FDA generally waives the requirement of complete clinical studies of safety and efficacy.  However, it may require bioavailability and bioequivalence studies.  Bioavailability indicates the rate of absorption and levels of concentration of a drug in the bloodstream needed to produce a therapeutic effect.  Bioequivalence compares one drug product with another and indicates if the rate of absorption and the levels of concentration of a generic drug in the body are within prescribed statistical limits to those of a previously approved drug.  Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, an ANDA may be submitted for a drug on the basis that it is the equivalent of an approved drug regardless of when such other drug was approved.  The FDA will approve the generic product as suitable for an ANDA application if it finds that the generic product does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the innovator product.  A product is not eligible for ANDA approval if the FDA determines that it is not equivalent to the referenced innovator drug, if it is intended for a different use, or if it is not subject to an approved Suitability Petition.  However, such a product might be approved under an NDA, with supportive data from clinical trials.

 

In addition to establishing a new ANDA procedure, the Hatch-Waxman Act created statutory protections for approved brand name drugs.  Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, an ANDA for a generic drug may not be made effective until all relevant product and use patents for the brand name drug have expired or have been determined to be invalid.  Prior to this act, the FDA gave no consideration to the patent status of a previously approved drug.  Upon NDA approval, the FDA lists in its Orange Book the approved drug product and any patents identified by the NDA applicant that relate to the drug product.  Any applicant who files an ANDA seeking approval of a generic equivalent version of a drug listed in the FDA’s Orange Book before expiration of the referenced patent(s), must certify to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the ANDA has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use, or sale of the drug product for which the ANDA is submitted. This last certification is known as a paragraph IV certification.  A notice of the paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the ANDA refers.  Before the enactment of the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MMA”), which amended the Hatch-Waxman Act, if the NDA holder or patent owner(s) asserted a patent challenge within 45 days of its receipt of the certification notice, the FDA was prevented from approving that ANDA until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in an ANDA applicant’s favor, or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay.  In some cases, NDA owners and patent holders have obtained additional patents for their products after an ANDA had been filed but before that ANDA received final marketing approval, and then initiated a new patent challenge, which resulted in more than one 30-month stay.  The MMA amended the Hatch-Waxman Act to eliminate certain unfair advantages of patent holders in the implementation of the Hatch-Waxman Act.  As a result, the NDA owner remains entitled to an automatic 30-month stay if it initiates a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of its receipt of notice of a paragraph IV certification, but only if the patent infringement lawsuit is directed to patents that were listed in the FDA’s Orange Book before the ANDA was filed.  An ANDA applicant is now permitted to take legal action to enjoin or prohibit the listing of certain of these patents as a counterclaim in response to a claim by the NDA owner that its patent covers its approved drug product.  As of June 30, 2015, we have ten paragraph IV certifications pending with the FDA, of which five were filed by Lannett and five by Silarx.  Three of the paragraph IV certifications are currently being challenged.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to the Zomig® nasal spray product, AstraZeneca AB, AstraZeneca UK Limited and Impax Laboratories, Inc. filed two patent infringement complaints against the Company in July 2014.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to Thalomid®, Celegene Corporation and Children’s Medical Center Corporation filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in January 2015.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to Dilaudid®, Purdue Pharmaceutical Products L.P, Purdue Pharma L.P, and Purdue Pharma Technologies Inc. filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in August 2015.  The Company is in various stages of responding to the patent infringement claims.  Refer to Note 12 “Legal and Regulatory Matters” for additional information.

 

If an ANDA applicant is the first-to-file a substantially complete ANDA with a paragraph IV certification and provides appropriate notice to the FDA, the NDA holder, and all patent owner(s) for a particular generic product, the applicant may be awarded a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity against other companies that subsequently file ANDAs for that same product.  A substantially complete ANDA is one that contains all the information required by the Hatch-Waxman Act and the FDA’s regulations, including the results of any required bioequivalence studies.  The FDA may refuse to accept the filing of an ANDA that is not substantially complete or may determine during substantive review of the ANDA that additional information, such as an additional bioequivalence study, is required to support approval.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Such a determination may affect an applicant’s first-to-file status and eligibility for a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity for the generic product.  The MMA also modified the rules governing when the 180-day marketing exclusivity period is triggered or forfeited and shared.  Prior to the legislation, the 180-day marketing exclusivity period was triggered upon the first commercial marketing of the ANDA or a court decision holding the patent invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed.  For ANDAs accepted for filing before March 2000, that court decision had to be final and non-appealable (other than a petition to the U.S. Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari).  In March 2000, the FDA changed its position in response to two court cases that challenged the FDA’s original interpretation of what constituted a court decision under the Hatch-Waxman Act.  Under the changed policy, the 180-day marketing exclusivity period began running immediately upon a district court decision holding the patent at issue invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed, regardless of whether the ANDA had been approved and the generic product had been marketed.  In codifying the FDA’s original policy, the MMA retroactively applies a final and non-appealable court decision trigger for all ANDAs filed before December 8, 2003 leaving intact the first commercial marketing trigger.  As for ANDAs filed after December 8, 2003, the marketing exclusivity period is only triggered upon the first commercial marketing of the ANDA product, but that exclusivity may be forfeited under certain circumstances, including, if the ANDA is not marketed within 75 days after a final and non-appealable court decision by the first-to-file or other ANDA applicant, or if the FDA does not tentatively approve the first-to-file applicant’s ANDA within 30 months.

 

In addition to patent exclusivity, the holder of the NDA for the listed drug may be entitled to a period of non-patent market exclusivity, during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA.  If the listed drug is a new chemical entity (“NCE”), the FDA may not accept an ANDA for a bioequivalent product for up to five years following approval of the NDA for the NCE.  If the listed drug is not a new chemical entity but the holder of the NDA conducted clinical trials essential to approval of the NDA or a supplement thereto, the FDA may not approve an ANDA for a bioequivalent product before expiration of three years.  Certain other periods of exclusivity may be available if the listed drug is indicated for treatment of a rare disease or is studied for pediatric indications.

 

·                  Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Applications: For a drug that is identical to a previously approved drug, a prospective manufacturer need not go through the full NDA procedure.  Instead, it may demonstrate safety and efficacy by relying on published literature and reports where at least some of information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference.  The Hatch-Waxman Act permits the applicant to rely upon certain preclinical or clinical studies conducted for an approved product.  The manufacturer must also submit, if the FDA so requires, bioavailability or bioequivalence data illustrating that the generic drug formulation produces the same effects, within an acceptable range, as the previously approved innovator drug.  Because published literature to support the safety and efficacy of post-1962 drugs may not be available, this procedure is of limited utility to generic drug manufacturers and the resulting approved product will not be interchangeable with the innovator drug as an ANDA drug would be unless bioequivalency testing were undertaken and approved by FDA.  Moreover, the utility of Section 505(b)(2) applications have with the exception of “Grandfathered drugs”  been diminished by the availability of the ANDA process, as described above.

 

Additionally, certain products marketed prior to the FDCA may be considered GRASE (“Generally Recognized As Safe and Effective”) or Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because they are generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are those which “entered the market before the passage of the 1938 act or the 1962 amendments to the act.”  Under the grandfather clause, such a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective application.

 

Manufacturing cGMP Requirements

 

Among the requirements for a new drug approval, a company’s manufacturing methods must conform to FDA cGMP regulations before a facility may be used to manufacture a product.  The FDA performs pre-approval inspections to assess a company’s manufacturing methods as part of a new drug approval process.  These inspections include reviews of procedures and operations used in the manufacture and testing of our products to assess compliance with application regulations.  The cGMP regulations must be followed at all times during which the approved drug is manufactured and the manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other authorities.  FDA’s cGMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation.  In complying with the standards set forth in the cGMP regulations, we must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality control to ensure full technical compliance.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to, the seizure or recall of non-complying drug products, injunctions, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on or suspending manufacturing operations, and/or civil and criminal penalties.  Adverse experiences with the product must be reported to the FDA and could result in the imposition of market restriction through labeling changes or in product removal.  Product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems concerning safety or efficacy of the product occur following approval.

 

Other Regulatory Requirements

 

With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet.  The FDA has very broad enforcement authority under the FDCA, and failure to abide by these regulations can result in penalties, including the issuance of a warning letter directing entities to correct deviations from FDA standards, a requirement that future advertising and promotional materials be pre-cleared by the FDA, and state and/or federal civil and criminal investigations and prosecutions.

 

We are also subject to various laws and regulations regarding laboratory practices, the experimental use of animals, and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances in connection with our research.  In each of these areas, as above, the FDA has broad regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend or delay issuance of approvals, seize or recall products, and withdraw approvals.  Any one or a combination of FDA regulatory or enforcement actions against the Company could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

 

DEA Regulation

 

We maintain registrations with the DEA that enable us to receive, manufacture, store, and distribute controlled substances in connection with our operations.  Controlled substances are those drugs that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and administered by the DEA under the CSA.  The CSA governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security, and disposal of controlled substances.  We are subject to periodic and ongoing inspections by the DEA and similar state drug enforcement authorities to assess our ongoing compliance with the DEA’s regulations.  Any failure to comply with these regulations could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or a denial of renewal of our DEA registration, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties.

 

Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and state legislatures have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws whose purpose is to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal health care programs.  Our business is subject to compliance with these laws, such as Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Dodd-Frank, and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”).

 

Anti-Kickback Statutes, Sunshine Act, and Federal False Claims Act

 

The federal health care programs fraud and abuse law (sometimes referred to as the “Anti-Kickback Statue”) prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as Medicare or Medicaid.  The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments.  Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal health care covered business, the statute has been violated.  Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment, and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs.  In addition, some kickback allegations have been claimed to violate the Federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below.

 

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the health care industry.  Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) to issue a series of regulations, known as “safe harbors.”  These safe harbors, issued by the OIG beginning in July 1991, set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure health care providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute.  The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

 

Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute.  Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for health care items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on marketing of health care services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain sales, marketing, and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

 

Another development affecting the health care industry is the increased use of the Federal False Claims Act (“FFCA”), and in particular, action brought pursuant to the FFCA’s “Whistleblower” or “Qui Tam” provisions.  The FFCA imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program.  The Qui Tam provisions of the FFCA allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery.  In recent years, the number of suits brought against health care providers by private individuals has increased dramatically.  In addition, various states have enacted false claims law analogous to the FFCA, although many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payer and not merely a federal health care program.

 

When an entity is determined to have violated the FFCA, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties.  Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits or causes another to submit a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government.  The federal government has used the FFCA to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks, and other improper referrals, and improper use of Medicare numbers when detailing the provider of services, in addition to the more predictable allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered.  In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the FFCA in connection with off-label promotion of products.  Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.  We are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the FFCA or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions.  However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”), was enacted for the purpose of making it unlawful for certain classes of persons and entities to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business.  Specifically, the anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA prohibit the bribery of government officials.

 

HIPAA and Other Fraud and Privacy Regulations

 

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters.  The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowing and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment, and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.  The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.

 

Pricing

 

In the United States, our sales are dependent upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement for our products from third-party payors, including federal and state programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private organizations such as commercial health insurance and managed care companies.  Such third-party payors increasingly challenge the price of medical products and services and instituting cost containment measures to control or significantly influence the purchase of medical products and services.

 

Over the past several years, the rising costs of providing health care services has triggered legislation to make certain changes to the way in which pharmaceuticals are covered and reimbursed, particularly by government programs.  For instance, recent federal legislation and regulations have created a voluntary prescription drug benefit, Medicare Part D, which revised the formula used to reimburse health care providers and physicians under Part B and imposed significant revisions to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program.  These changes have resulted in, and may continue to result in, coverage and reimbursement restrictions and increased rebate obligations by manufacturers.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

In addition, there continues to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care.  Examples of how limits on drug coverage and reimbursement in the United States may cause reduced payments for drugs in the future include:

 

·                  changing Medicare reimbursement methodologies;

 

·                  revising drug rebate calculations under the Medicaid program;

 

·                  reforming drug importation laws;

 

·                  fluctuating decisions on which drugs to include in formularies; and

 

·                  requiring pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative drug therapies.

 

We cannot predict the likelihood or pace of such additional changes or whether there will be significant legislative or regulatory reform impacting our products, nor can we predict with precision what effect such governmental measures would have if they were ultimately enacted into law.  However, in general, we believe that legislative and regulatory reform activity likely will continue.

 

Current or future federal or state laws and regulations may influence the prices of drugs and, therefore, could adversely affect the prices that we receive for our products. Programs in existence in certain states seek to set prices of all drugs sold within those states through the regulation and administration of the sale of prescription drugs. Expansion of these programs, in particular, state Medicaid programs, or changes required in the way in which Medicaid rebates are calculated under such programs, could adversely affect the price we receive for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, generic pharmaceutical drug prices have been the focus of increased scrutiny by certain states’ attorney generals, the U.S. Department of Justice and Congress. Decreases in health care reimbursements or prices of our prescription drugs could limit our ability to sell our products or decrease our revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company believes that under the current regulatory environment, the generic pharmaceutical industry as a whole will be the target of increased governmental scrutiny, especially with respect to state and federal anti-trust and price fixing claims.

 

In July 2014, the Company and at least one of its competitors each received a subpoena and interrogatories from the Connecticut Attorney General’s Office concerning its investigation into the pricing of Digoxin.  The Company maintains that it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and continues to cooperate with the Connecticut Attorney General’s investigation.

 

In fiscal year 2015, the Company and certain affiliated individuals each were served with a grand jury subpoena relating to a federal investigation of the generic pharmaceutical industry into possible violations of the Sherman Act.  The subpoenas request corporate documents of the Company relating to corporate, financial, and employee information, communications or correspondence with competitors regarding the sale of generic prescription medications, and the marketing, sale, or pricing of certain products, generally for the period of 2005 through the dates of the subpoenas.  Based on reviews performed to date by outside counsel, the Company currently believes that it has acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and continues to cooperate with the federal investigation.

 

Other Applicable Laws

 

We are also subject to federal, state and local laws of general applicability, including laws regulating working conditions and the storage, transportation, or discharge of items that may be considered hazardous substances, hazardous waste, or environmental contaminants.  We monitor our compliance with laws and we believe we are in substantial compliance with all regulatory bodies.

 

As a publicly-traded company, we are also subject to significant regulations and laws, included in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Since its enactment, we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current best practices and we continue to update the program in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements.

 

Employees

 

As of June 30, 2015, we had 502 employees.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Securities and Exchange Act Reports

 

We maintain a website at www.lannett.com.  We make available on or through our website our current and periodic reports, including any amendments to those reports, that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.  This information is available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC.  The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act.

 

ITEM 1A.                                       RISK FACTORS

 

We materially rely on an uninterrupted supply of finished products from JSP for a majority of our sales.  If we were to experience an interruption of that supply, our operating results would suffer.

 

In fiscal year 2015, 51% of our net sales are of distributed products, primarily manufactured by JSP.  Two of these products are Levothyroxine Sodium and Digoxin, which accounted for 38% and 12%, respectively, of our Fiscal 2015 net sales, and 37% and 20%, respectively, of our net sales for Fiscal 2014.  On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend its initial contract to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP.  The amendment to the original agreement extends the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years through March 2019.  Both Lannett and JSP have the right to terminate the contract if one of the parties does not cure a material breach of the contract within thirty (30) days of notice from the non-breaching party.  If the supply of these products is interrupted in any way by any form of temporary or permanent business interruption to JSP, including but not limited to fire or other naturally-occurring, damaging event to their physical plant and/or equipment, condemnation of their facility, legislative or regulatory cease and desist declaration regarding their operations, FDA action, and any interruption in their source of API for their products, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.  We do not have, at this time, a second source for these products.

 

Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period depending upon our product sales mix, our product pricing and our costs to manufacture or purchase products.

 

Our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows depend to a significant extent upon our product sales mix.  Our sales of certain products that we manufacture tend to create higher gross margins than do the products we purchase and resell.  As a result, our sales mix will significantly impact our gross profit from period to period.

 

Factors that may cause our sales mix to vary include:

 

·                  the number of new product introductions;

 

·                  marketing exclusivity, if any, which may be obtained on certain new products;

 

·                  the level of competition in the marketplace for certain products;

 

·                  the availability of raw materials and finished products from our suppliers; and

 

·                  the scope and outcome of governmental regulatory action that may involve us.

 

The profitability of our product sales is also dependent upon the prices we are able to charge for our products, the costs to purchase products from third parties, and our ability to manufacture our products in a cost effective manner.  The Company experienced favorable trends in product pricing on several key products during the period, as discussed below.  Although the Company has benefited from these favorable pricing trends, the level of competition in the marketplace is constantly changing and there can be no assurances that volume increases will be sufficient to fully offset any price decreases.  Any price decreases that occurred during Fiscal 2015 will have a full year impact on Fiscal 2016 net sales.  The Company expects any full year impact from price decreases to be partially offset by increased volumes.  The Company is currently not forecasting any further price decreases during Fiscal 2016.

 

Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other harmful consequences that may adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

Acquisitions are an important element of our overall corporate strategy and use of capital, and we expect our current pace of acquisitions to continue or increase.  These transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations.  We also expect to continue to evaluate and enter into discussions regarding a wide array of potential strategic transactions.  The process of integrating an acquired company, business, or technology may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures.  The areas where we face risks include but are not limited to (i) diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges, (ii) implementation or remediation of controls, procedures, and policies at the acquired company, (iii) integration of the acquired company’s accounting, human resource, and other administrative systems, and coordination of product, engineering, and sales and marketing functions, (iv) transition of operations, users, and customers onto our existing platforms, (v) failure to obtain required approvals from governmental authorities under competition and antitrust laws on a timely basis, if at all, which could, among other things, delay or prevent us from completing a transaction, or otherwise restrict our ability to realize the expected financial or strategic goals of an acquisition, (vi) cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization, and retention of employees from the businesses we acquire, and (vii) liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, claims from current and former employees and customers and other known and unknown liabilities.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business generally.  Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition.  Also, the anticipated benefit of many of our acquisitions may not materialize.

 

With respect to our recent acquisition of Silarx, the success of such acquisition will depend in part on our ability to realize the business opportunities and growth prospects from combining the operations of Silarx with our business in an efficient and effective manner.  We may never realize these business opportunities and growth prospects.  Further, our management might have its attention diverted while trying to integrate operations and corporate and administrative infrastructures.  The integration process could take longer than anticipated and could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses, tax costs or inefficiencies, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, information technology systems, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees or other third parties, or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction, and could harm our financial performance.  If we are unable to successfully or timely integrate the operations of Silarx with our business, we may incur unanticipated liabilities and be unable to realize the revenue growth, synergies and other anticipated benefits related to the transaction, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The generic pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive.

 

We face strong competition in our generic product business.  Revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on certain regulatory and competitive factors.  As patents for brand name products and related exclusivity periods expire or fall under patent challenges, the first generic manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for generic equivalents of such products is generally able to achieve significant market penetration.  As competing off-patent manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on similar products or as brand manufacturers launch generic versions of such products (for which no separate regulatory approval is required), market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, in some cases dramatically.  Accordingly, the level of market share, revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product is normally related to the number of competitors in that product’s market and the timing of that product’s regulatory approval and launch, in relation to competing approvals and launches.  Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new products in a timely and cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins.

 

Extensive industry regulation has had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our business, especially our product development, manufacturing and distribution capabilities.

 

All pharmaceutical companies, including Lannett, are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by the federal government, including the FDA and in the case of controlled drugs, the DEA, and state government agencies.  The FDCA, the CSA and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the development, testing, manufacturing, packing, labeling, storing, record keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of our products.

 

The process for obtaining governmental approval to manufacture and market pharmaceutical products is rigorous, time-consuming and costly, and we cannot predict the extent to which we may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments.  We are dependent on receiving FDA and other governmental or third-party approvals prior to manufacturing, marketing and shipping our products.  The FDA approval process for a particular product candidate can take several years and requires us to dedicate substantial resources to securing approvals, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates in a timely manner, or at all.  In order to obtain approval for our generic product candidates, we must demonstrate that our drug product is bioequivalent to a drug previously approved by the FDA through the new drug approval process, known as an innovator drug.  Bioequivalency may be demonstrated in vivo or in vitro by comparing the generic product candidate to the innovator drug product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, dissolution performance characteristics, and intended use.  The FDA may not agree that the bioequivalence studies we submit in the ANDA applications for our generic drug products are adequate to support approval.  If it determines that an ANDA application is not adequate to support approval, the FDA could deny our application or request additional information, including clinical trials, which could delay approval of the product and impair our ability to compete with other versions of the generic drug product.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Consequently, there is always the chance that we will not obtain FDA or other necessary approvals, or that the rate, timing and cost of such approvals will adversely affect our product introduction plans or results of operations.  We carry inventories of certain product(s) in anticipation of launch, and if such product(s) are not subsequently launched, we may be required to write-off the related inventory.  Furthermore, the FDA also has the authority to revoke drug approvals previously granted and remove these products from the market for a variety of reasons, including a failure to comply with applicable regulations, the discovery of previously unknown problems with the product, or because the ingredients in the drug are no longer approved by the FDA.

 

Additionally, certain products marketed prior to the FDCA may be considered GRASE or Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because they are generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are those which “entered the market before the passage of the 1906 Act, 1938 Act or the 1962 amendments to the Act.”  Under the Grandfathered drug clause, such a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective application.”  Recently, the FDA has increased its efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for GRASE or Grandfathered products.  Efforts have included issuing notices to companies currently producing these products to cease its distribution of said products.  Lannett currently manufactures and markets one product that is considered a GRASE or Grandfathered product, C-Topical® Solution.  The Company is currently in the process of completing a Phase 3 clinical trial in preparation for submitting an NDA for C-Topical® Solution.  The FDA is currently undertaking activities to force all companies who manufacture certain GRASE products to file applications and seek approval for these products or remove their products from the market.

 

In addition, Lannett, as well as many of our significant suppliers of distributed product and raw materials, is subject to periodic inspection of facilities, procedures and operations and/or the testing of the finished products by the FDA, the DEA and other authorities, which conduct periodic inspections to confirm that pharmaceutical companies are in compliance with all applicable regulations.  The FDA conducts pre-approval and post-approval reviews and plant inspections to determine whether systems and processes are in compliance with cGMP, and other FDA regulations.  Following such inspections, the FDA may issue notices on Form 483 that could cause us or our suppliers to modify certain activities identified during the inspection.  A Form 483 notice is generally issued at the conclusion of a FDA inspection and lists conditions the FDA inspectors believe may violate cGMP or other FDA regulations.  The DEA and comparable state-level agencies also heavily regulate the manufacturing, holding, processing, security, record-keeping, and distribution of drugs that are considered controlled substances.  Some of the pain management products we manufacture contain controlled substances.  The DEA periodically inspects facilities for compliance with its rules and regulations.  If our manufacturing facilities or those of our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in regulatory action and additional costs.

 

Our inability or the inability of our suppliers to comply with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements can result in, among other things, delays in or denials of new product approvals, warning letters, fines, consent decrees restricting or suspending manufacturing operations, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of sales, and/or criminal prosecution.  Any of these or other regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition.  Although we have instituted internal compliance programs, if these programs do not meet regulatory agency standards or if compliance is deemed deficient in any significant way, it could materially harm our business.  Additionally, if the FDA were to undertake additional enforcement activities with Lannett’s GRASE product, their actions could result in, among other things, removal of some of the product from the market, seizure of the product and total or partial suspension of sales.  Any of these regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our manufacturing operations as well as our suppliers manufacturing operations are subject to licensing by the FDA and/or DEA.  If we or our suppliers are unable to maintain the proper agency licensing arrangements, our operating results would be materially negatively impacted.

 

All of our manufacturing operations as well as those of our suppliers rely on maintaining active licenses to produce and develop generic drugs.  Specifically, our Cody Labs operations rely on a DEA license to directly import and convert raw concentrated poppy straw into several APIs or dosage forms.  This license is granted for a one year period and must be renewed successfully each year in order for us to maintain Cody’s current operations and allow the Company to continue to work towards becoming a fully integrated narcotics supplier.  If the Company is unable to successfully renew its FDA and/or DEA licenses, the financial results of Lannett would be negatively impacted.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

If we are unable to successfully develop or commercialize new products, our operating results will suffer.

 

Our future results of operations will depend to a significant extent upon our ability to successfully commercialize new generic products in a timely manner.  There are numerous difficulties in developing and commercializing new products, including:

 

·                  developing, testing and manufacturing products in compliance with regulatory standards in a timely manner;

 

·                  receiving requisite regulatory approvals for such products in a timely manner;

 

·                  the availability, on commercially reasonable terms, of raw materials, including APIs and other key ingredients;

 

·                  developing and commercializing a new product is time consuming, costly and subject to numerous factors that may delay or prevent the successful commercialization of new products; and

 

·                  commercializing generic products may be substantially delayed by the listing with the FDA of patents that have the effect of potentially delaying approval of the off-patent product by up to 30 months, and in some cases, such patents have been issued and listed with the FDA after the key chemical patent on the brand drug product has expired or been litigated, causing additional delays in obtaining approval.

 

As a result of these and other difficulties, products currently in development by Lannett may or may not receive the regulatory approvals necessary for marketing.  If any of our products, when developed and approved, cannot be successfully or timely commercialized, our operating results could be adversely affected.  We cannot guarantee that any investment we make in developing products will be recouped, even if we are successful in commercializing those products.

 

The loss of key personnel could cause our business to suffer.

 

The success of our present and future operations will depend, to a significant extent, upon the experience, abilities and continued services of our key personnel.  If we lose the services of our key personnel, or if they are unable to devote sufficient attention to our operations for any other reason, our business may be significantly impaired.  If the employment of any of our current key personnel is terminated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and replace the employee with the same caliber of key personnel.  As such, we have entered into employment agreements with all of our senior executive officers in order to help retain these key individuals.

 

If brand pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative and regulatory efforts, our sales of generic products may suffer.

 

Many brand pharmaceutical companies increasingly have used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay generic competition.  These efforts have included:

 

·                  pursuing new patents for existing products which may be granted just before the expiration of one patent which could extend patent protection for additional years or otherwise delay the launch of generics;

 

·                  using the Citizen Petition process to request amendments to FDA standards;

 

·                  seeking changes to U.S. Pharmacopoeia, an organization which publishes industry recognized compendia of drug standards;

 

·                  attaching patent extension amendments to non-related federal legislation;

 

·                  engaging in state-by-state initiatives to enact legislation that restricts the substitution of some generic drugs, which could have an impact on products that we are developing;

 

·                  persuading regulatory bodies to withdraw the approval of brand name drugs for which the patents are about to expire and converting the market to another product of the brand company on which longer patent protection exists;

 

22



Table of Contents

 

·                  entering into agreements whereby other generic companies will begin to market an authorized generic, a generic equivalent of a branded product, at the same time or after generic competition initially enters the market;

 

·                  filing suits for patent infringement and other claims that may delay or prevent regulatory approval, manufacture, and/or scale of generic products; and,

 

·                  introducing “next-generation” products prior to the expiration of market exclusivity for the reference product, which often materially reduces the demand for the generic or the reference product for which we seek regulatory approval.

 

In the U.S., some companies have lobbied Congress for amendments to the Hatch-Waxman Act that would give them additional advantages over generic competitors. For example, although the term of a company’s drug patent can be extended to reflect a portion of the time an NDA is under regulatory review, some companies have proposed extending the patent term by a full year for each year spent in clinical trials rather than the one-half year that is currently permitted.

 

If proposals like these were to become effective, or if any other actions by our competitors and other third parties to prevent or delay activities necessary to the approval, manufacture, or distribution of our products are successful, our entry into the market and our ability to generate revenues associated with new products may be delayed, reduced, or eliminated, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or share price.

 

Third parties may claim that we infringe on their proprietary rights and may prevent us from manufacturing and selling some of our products.

 

The manufacture, use and sale of new products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights have been the subject of substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical industry.  These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties.  We may have to defend against charges that we violated patents or proprietary rights of third parties.  This is especially true in the case of generic products on which the patent covering the brand product is expiring, an area where infringement litigation is prevalent, and in the case of new brand products where a competitor has obtained patents for similar products.  Litigation may be costly and time-consuming, and could divert the attention of our management and technical personnel.  In addition, if we infringe on the rights of others, we could lose our right to develop or manufacture products or could be required to pay monetary damages or royalties to license proprietary rights from third parties.  Although the parties to patent and intellectual property disputes in the pharmaceutical industry have often settled their disputes through licensing or similar arrangements, the costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties.  Furthermore, we cannot be certain that the necessary licenses would be available to us on terms we believe to be acceptable.  As a result, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling a number of our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies from key suppliers that in some cases may be the only source of finished products or raw materials, our ability to deliver our products to the market may be impeded.

 

We are required to identify the supplier(s) of all the raw materials for our products in our applications with the FDA.  To the extent practicable, we attempt to identify more than one supplier in each drug application.  However, some products and raw materials are available only from a single source and, in some of our drug applications, only one supplier of products and raw materials has been identified, even in instances where multiple sources exist.  To the extent any difficulties experienced by our suppliers cannot be resolved within a reasonable time, and at reasonable cost, or if raw materials for a particular product become unavailable from an approved supplier and we are required to qualify a new supplier with the FDA, our profit margins and market share for the affected product could decrease, and our development and sales and marketing efforts could be delayed.

 

Our policies regarding returns, allowances and chargebacks, and marketing programs adopted by wholesalers may reduce our revenues in future fiscal periods.

 

Based on industry practice, generic drug manufacturers have liberal return policies and have been willing to give customers post-sale inventory allowances.  Under these arrangements, from time to time we give our customers credits on our generic products that our customers hold in inventory after we have decreased the market prices of the same generic products due to competitive pricing.  Therefore, if new competitors enter the marketplace and significantly lower the prices of any of their competing products, we would likely reduce the price of our products.  As a result, we would likely be obligated to provide credits to our customers who are then holding inventories of such products, which could reduce sales revenue and gross margin for the period the credit is provided.  Like our competitors, we also give credits for chargebacks to wholesalers that have contracts with us for their sales to hospitals, group purchasing organizations, pharmacies or other customers.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

A chargeback is the difference between the price the wholesaler pays and the price that the wholesaler’s end-customer pays for a product.  Although we establish reserves based on our prior experience and our best estimates of the impact that these policies may have in subsequent periods, we cannot ensure that our reserves are adequate or that actual product returns, allowances and chargebacks will not exceed our estimates.

 

Health care initiatives and other third-party payor cost-containment pressures could cause us to sell our products at lower prices, resulting in decreased revenues.

 

Some of our products are purchased or reimbursed by state and federal government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and managed care organizations, or MCOs.  Third-party payors increasingly challenge pharmaceutical product pricing.  There also continues to be a trend toward managed health care in the United States.  Pricing pressures by third-party payors and the growth of organizations such as HMOs and MCOs could result in lower prices and a reduction in demand for our products.

 

In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals and enactments to reform health care and government insurance programs could significantly influence the manner in which pharmaceutical products and medical devices are prescribed and purchased.  We expect there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for health care products and services.  The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, relating to the health care industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may be enacted or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business remains uncertain.  For example, the American Recovery and Reinstatement Act of 2009, also known as the stimulus package, includes $1.1 billion in funding to study the comparative effectiveness of health care treatments and strategies.  The stimulus package funding is expected to be used for, among other things, to conduct, support or synthesize research that compares and evaluates the risk and benefits, clinical outcomes, effectiveness and appropriateness of products.  Although Congress has indicated that this funding is intended for improvement in quality of health care, it remains unclear how the research will impact coverage, reimbursement or other third-party payor policies.  Such measures or other health care system reforms that are adopted could have a material adverse effect on our industry generally and our ability to successfully commercialize our products or could limit or eliminate our spending on development projects and affect our ultimate profitability.

 

We may need to change our business practices to comply with changes to fraud and abuse laws.

 

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including the Anti-Kickback Statute, which apply to our sales and marketing practices and our relationships with physicians.  At the federal level, the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits any person or entity from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any remuneration, including a bribe, kickback, or rebate, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce the referral of patients for items or services covered by federal health care programs, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for products or services covered by federal health care programs.  Federal health care programs have been defined to include plans and programs that provide health benefits funded by the federal government, including Medicare and Medicaid, among others.  The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, and waivers of payments.  Several courts have interpreted the federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s intent requirement to mean that if even one purpose in an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals or otherwise generate business involving goods or services reimbursed in whole or in part under federal health care programs, the statute has been violated.  The federal government has issued regulations, commonly known as safe harbors that set forth certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute.  The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement will be illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued, but such transactions or arrangements face an increased risk of scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and an ongoing risk of prosecution.  If our sales and marketing practices or our relationships with physicians are considered by federal or state enforcement authorities to be knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or providing any remuneration in exchange for arranging for or recommending our products and services, and such activities do not fit within a safe harbor, then these arrangements could be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute.

 

If our operations are found to be in violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties including fines of up to $25 thousand per violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $50 thousand per violation, assessments of up to three times the amount of the prohibited remuneration, imprisonment, and exclusion from participating in the federal health care programs.  In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters.  The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors.  A violation of this statue is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.  The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.  A number of states also have anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibit certain direct or indirect payments if such arrangements are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients or the furnishing of goods or services.  Some states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply only to goods and services covered by Medicaid.  Other states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply to all health care goods and services, regardless of whether the source of payment is governmental or private.  Due to the breadth of these laws and the potential for changes in laws, regulations, or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change our business practices or our existing business practices could be challenged as unlawful, which could materially adversely affect our business.

 

Certain federal and state governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, have been investigating issues surrounding pricing information reported by drug manufacturers and used in the calculation of reimbursements as well as sales and marketing practices.  For example, many government and third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, reimburse doctors and others for the purchase of certain pharmaceutical products based on the product’s AWP reported by pharmaceutical companies.  While Lannett has only used Suggested Wholesale Prices since 2000, the federal government, certain state agencies, and private payors are investigating and have begun to file court actions related to pharmaceutical companies’ reporting practices with respect to AWP, alleging that the practice of reporting prices for pharmaceutical products has resulted in a false and overstated AWP, which in turn is alleged to have improperly inflated the reimbursement paid by Medicare beneficiaries, insurers, state Medicaid programs, medical plans, and others to health care providers who prescribed and administered those products. In addition, some of these same payors are also alleging that companies are not reporting their “best price” to the states under the Medicaid program.  We are not currently subject to any such investigations or actions and having not used AWP pricing since 2000 would not likely become subject to these investigations.

 

We may become subject to federal and state false claims litigation brought by private individuals and the government.

 

We are subject to state and federal laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement.  The FFCA, also known as Qui Tam, imposes civil liability and criminal fines on individuals or entities that knowingly submit, or cause to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government.  Violations of the FFCA and other similar laws may result in criminal fines, imprisonment, and civil penalties for each false claim submitted and exclusion from federally funded health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid.  The FFCA also allows private individuals to bring a suit on behalf of the government against an individual or entity for violations of the FFCA.  These suits, also known as Qui Tam actions, may be brought by, with only a few exceptions, any private citizen who has material information of a false claim that has not yet been previously disclosed.  These suits have increased significantly in recent years because the FFCA allows an individual to share in any amounts paid to the federal government in fines or settlement as a result of a successful Qui Tam action.  If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal health care programs, and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.  Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results, action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

 

Sales of our products may continue to be adversely affected by the continuing consolidation of our distribution network and the concentration of our customer base.

 

Our principal customers are wholesale drug distributors and major retail drug store chains.  These customers comprise a significant part of the distribution network for pharmaceutical products in the U.S.  This distribution network is continuing to undergo significant consolidation marked by mergers and acquisitions among wholesale distributors and the growth of large retail drug store chains.  As a result, a small number of large wholesale distributors control a significant share of the market, and the number of independent drug stores and small drug store chains has decreased.  We expect that consolidation of drug wholesalers and retailers will increase pricing and other competitive pressures on drug manufacturers, including Lannett.

 

Our three largest customers accounted for 30%, 11% and 7%, respectively, of our net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, and 19%, 13% and 9%, respectively, of our net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  The loss of any of these customers could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our cash flows.  In addition, the Company generally does not enter into long-term supply agreements with its customers that would require them to purchase our products.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involves the risk of product liability claims by consumers and other third parties, and insurance against such potential claims is expensive and may be difficult to obtain.

 

The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and the associated adverse publicity.  Insurance coverage is expensive and may be difficult to obtain, and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.  Although we currently maintain product liability insurance for our products in amounts we believe to be commercially reasonable, if the coverage limits of these insurance policies are not adequate, a claim brought against Lannett, whether covered by insurance or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Rising insurance costs, as well as the inability to obtain certain insurance coverage for risks faced by Lannett, could negatively impact profitability.

 

The cost of insurance, including workers compensation, product liability and general liability insurance, has risen in recent years and may increase in the future.  In response, we may increase deductibles and/or decrease certain coverage to mitigate these costs.  These increases, and our increased risk due to increased deductibles and reduced coverage, could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Additionally, certain insurance coverage may not be available to Lannett for risks faced by Lannett.  Sometimes the coverage obtained by Lannett for certain risks may not be adequate to fully reimburse the amount of damage that Lannett could possibly sustain.  Should either of these events occur, the lack of insurance to cover the entire cost to the Company would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Federal regulation of arrangements between manufacturers of brand and generic products could adversely affect our business.

 

As part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, companies are now required to file with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice certain types of agreements entered into between brand and generic pharmaceutical companies related to the manufacture, marketing and sale of generic versions of brand drugs.  This new requirement could affect the manner in which generic drug manufacturers resolve intellectual property litigation and other disputes with brand pharmaceutical companies and could result generally in an increase in private-party litigation against pharmaceutical companies or additional investigations or proceedings by the FTC or other governmental authorities.  The impact of this new requirement and the potential private-party lawsuits associated with arrangements between brand name and generic drug manufacturers is uncertain, and could adversely affect our business.

 

ITEM 2.                                                DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

Lannett owns five facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  Certain administrative functions, manufacturing and production facilities and our quality control laboratory are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA.  The second facility consists of 63,000 square feet, and is located within one mile of the State Road facility at 9001 Torresdale Avenue Philadelphia, PA.  Our research laboratory and packaging functions are located at this location.  Additionally, the facility has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed.  We also own a building at 13200 Townsend Road Philadelphia, PA consisting of 66,000 square feet on 7.3 acres of land which is used for certain administrative functions, warehouse space, and shipping.  It also has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed.

 

On December 20, 2013, the Company acquired two separate properties located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania for $4.0 million and $5.0 million.  The buildings are 196,000 and 400,000 square feet.  The Company intends to use the two properties for future expansion including, but not limited to, additional manufacturing, product development, and warehousing capabilities.  In connection with the purchase of these two buildings, the Company expects to incur significant capital expenditures for fit out costs over the next several years.

 

The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of a 73,000 square foot structure located on approximately 15.0 acres in Cody, Wyoming.  Cody Labs’ manufacturing facility currently has capacity for further expansion, both inside and outside the existing structure.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Silarx, the Company acquired an 110,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Carmel, New York, which sits on 25.8 acres of land.  The facility currently houses manufacturing, packaging, research and development and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 3.                                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in Note 12 “Legal and Regulatory Matters” under Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

ITEM 4.                                                MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable

 

27



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.                                                MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NYSE.  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the high and low intraday prices of the Company’s common stock during Fiscal 2015 and 2014, as quoted by the NYSE and NYSE MKT.  The Company began trading on the NYSE on December 13, 2013.  Such quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-up, markdown, or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

51.66

 

$

33.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second quarter

 

$

59.44

 

$

39.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third quarter

 

$

71.26

 

$

40.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

72.44

 

$

52.10

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

22.19

 

$

11.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second quarter

 

$

33.95

 

$

17.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third quarter

 

$

46.51

 

$

31.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

51.45

 

$

29.12

 

 

Holders

 

As of June 30, 2015, there were 437 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

 

Dividends

 

The Company did not pay cash dividends in Fiscal 2015 or Fiscal 2014.  The Company intends to use available funds for working capital, plant and equipment additions, various product extension ventures, and mergers and acquisitions or other growth opportunities.  The Company does not expect to pay, nor should stockholders expect to receive, cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s share repurchase activity.

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period
(In thousands)

 

(a) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased*

 

(b) Average
Price Paid
per Share (or
Unit)

 

(c) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

 

(d) Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value)
of Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 1 to April 30, 2015

 

1,804

 

$

67.40

 

 

$

 

May 1 to May 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

June 1 to June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,804

 

67.40

 

 

 

 


*Shares were repurchased to settle employee tax withholding obligations pursuant to equity award programs.

 

Stock Performance Chart

 

The following graph presents a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s stock with the cumulative total return of various indexes for the period of five fiscal years commencing July 1, 2010 and ending June 30, 2015.  The graph assumes that $100 was invested on July 1, 2010 in each of the various indexes.

 

 

29



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.                                                SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following financial information as of and for the five years ended June 30, 2015, has been derived from our consolidated financial statements.  This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein.  Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial statement presentation.

 

Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Financial Highlights

 

(In thousands, except per share data)
As of and for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Operating Highlights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

406,837

 

$

273,771

 

$

151,054

 

$

122,990

 

$

106,835

 

Gross profit

 

$

306,356

 

$

154,408

 

$

57,420

 

$

38,947

 

$

23,320

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

226,487

 

$

88,089

 

$

18,757

 

$

6,910

 

$

(1,179

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

149,919

 

$

57,101

 

$

13,317

 

$

3,948

 

$

(277

)

Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

4.18

 

$

1.70

 

$

0.47

 

$

0.14

 

$

(0.01

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

4.04

 

$

1.62

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.14

 

$

(0.01

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Highlights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

508,766

 

$

342,773

 

$

167,752

 

$

142,592

 

$

134,580

 

Total Debt

 

$

1,009

 

$

1,138

 

$

6,514

 

$

7,161

 

$

7,822

 

Long-Term Debt, less current portion

 

$

874

 

$

1,009

 

$

5,844

 

$

6,513

 

$

7,193

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

463,766

 

$

294,765

 

$

128,809

 

$

111,313

 

$

105,689

 

 

ITEM 7.                                                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis describes material changes in the financial condition and results of operations, as well as liquidity and capital resources of Lannett Company, Inc. (the “Company”).  Additionally, it addresses accounting policies that management has deemed are “critical accounting policies”.  This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and other sections of this Form 10-K.

 

In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains forward-looking information.  The forward-looking information is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.  Important factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the following section, entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this Form 10-K.  The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may occur.  Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Company files from time to time with the SEC, including the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by the Company in Fiscal 2016, and any Current Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company.

 

Company Overview

 

Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Lannett”) develop, manufacture, package, market, and distribute solid oral (tablets and capsules), extended release, topical, nasal, and oral solution finished dosage forms of drugs, that address a wide range of therapeutic areas.  Certain of these products are manufactured by others and distributed by the Company.  The Company also manufactures active pharmaceutical ingredients through its Cody Labs subsidiary, providing a vertical integration benefit.  Additionally, the Company is pursuing partnerships, research contracts and internal expansion for the development and production of other dosage forms including, ophthalmic, nasal, patch, foam, buccal, sublingual, soft gel, injectable, and oral dosages.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

The Company operates pharmaceutical manufacturing plants in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Cody, Wyoming and Carmel, New York.  Customers of the Company’s pharmaceutical products include generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug stores, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations.

 

Financial Summary

 

For Fiscal 2015, net sales increased to $406.8 million representing 49% growth over the prior year period.  Gross profit increased $151.9 million to $306.4 million, compared to the prior year period which included the $20.1 million charge related to the JSP contract renewal.  The JSP contract renewal charge equated to a 7 percentage point reduction in gross profit percentage.  R&D expenses increased 9% to $30.3 million compared to the prior year period while SG&A expenses increased 28% to $49.5 million.  Operating income for Fiscal 2015 was $226.5 million compared to $88.1 million in the prior year period.  Net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. for Fiscal 2015 was $149.9 million, or $4.04 per diluted share.  Comparatively, net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. in the prior year was $57.1 million, or $1.62 per diluted share, and included the $20.1 million pre-tax charge ($0.36 per diluted share) related to the JSP contract renewal.

 

A more detailed discussion of the Company’s financial results can be found below.

 

Results of Operations — Fiscal 2015 compared to Fiscal 2014

 

Net sales increased 49% to $406.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.  The following table identifies the Company’s approximate net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

(In thousands)

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

Medical Indication

 

2015

 

2014

 

Antibiotic

 

$

12,306

 

$

13,572

 

Cardiovascular

 

55,166

 

62,121

 

Gallstone

 

65,262

 

6,578

 

Glaucoma

 

21,145

 

11,987

 

Gout

 

6,833

 

10,822

 

Migraine

 

25,729

 

14,527

 

Muscle Relaxant

 

8,779

 

 

Obesity

 

4,004

 

4,032

 

Pain Management

 

27,461

 

27,174

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

153,460

 

102,248

 

Other

 

26,692

 

20,710

 

Total

 

$

406,837

 

$

273,771

 

 

Product price increases contributed $157.3 million to the overall increase in net sales, partially offset by decreased volumes of $24.2 million.  The Company experienced favorable trends in product pricing on several key products during the period, as discussed below.  Although the Company has benefited from these favorable pricing trends, the level of competition in the marketplace is constantly changing and there can be no assurances that volume increases will be sufficient to fully offset any price decreases.  Any price decreases that occurred during Fiscal 2015 will have a full year impact on Fiscal 2016 net sales.  The Company expects any full year impact from price decreases to be partially offset by increased volumes.  The Company is currently not forecasting any further price decreases during Fiscal 2016.

 

The following chart details price and volume changes by medical indication:

 

Medical indication

 

Sales volume
change %

 

Sales price
change %

 

Antibiotic

 

1%

 

(10)%

 

Cardiovascular

 

(42)%

 

30%

 

Gallstone

 

(15)%

 

907%

 

Glaucoma

 

(4)%

 

81%

 

Gout

 

(37)%

 

—%

 

Migraine

 

(10)%

 

87%

 

Muscle Relaxant

 

100%

 

—%

 

Obesity

 

9%

 

(10)%

 

Pain Management

 

4%

 

(3)%

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

(4)%

 

54%

 

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Thyroid Deficiency.  Net sales of drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency increased by $51.2 million, primarily as a result of price increases on key products.

 

Gallstone.  Net sales of drugs used for gallstones increased by $58.7 million.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to price increases on key products.

 

Migraine.  Net sales of drugs used to treat migraines increased by $11.2 million.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to price increases on key products, partially offset by decreased volumes.

 

Glaucoma.  Net sales of drugs used for the treatment of Glaucoma increased by $9.2 million.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to price increases on key products.

 

Muscle Relaxant.  Net sales of muscle relaxant products increased by $8.8 million due to the launch of a new product in the first quarter of Fiscal 2015.

 

Pain Management.  Net sales of pain management products increased $287 thousand.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to increased volumes of C-Topical® Solution and Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution.  A lower average net sales price resulting from an increase in return reserves related to a voluntary recall in April 2015 of one lot of product manufactured at the Company’s facility in Cody, Wyoming, due to incorrect labeling, and lower volumes on other pain management products partially offset the increase in net sales.  The Company continues to actively market its C-Topical® Solution product utilizing a group of brand representatives in anticipation of an NDA filing.

 

Cardiovascular.  Net sales of drugs used for cardiovascular treatment decreased by $7.0 million, primarily as a result of lower volumes, partially offset by price increases on products used to treat congestive heart failure.  The Company experienced lower volumes and additional competition beginning in the third quarter of Fiscal 2015.

 

The Company sells its products to customers in various distribution channels.  The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each distribution channel for the fiscal year ended June 30:

 

(In thousands)
Customer Distribution Channel

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

Wholesaler/Distributor

 

$

297,675

 

$

172,503

 

Retail Chain

 

65,130

 

80,710

 

Mail-Order Pharmacy

 

44,032

 

20,558

 

Total

 

$

406,837

 

$

273,771

 

 

Net sales to wholesaler/distributor increased as a result of increased sales in a variety of products for thyroid deficiency, gallstone and cardiovascular, as discussed above.  Additionally, the increase in net sales to wholesaler/distributor was impacted by the strategic partnership between Amerisource Bergen and Walgreens, whereby Amerisource Bergen began product distribution on behalf of Walgreens in third quarter of Fiscal Year 2014.  Other strategic partnerships between industry wholesalers and retailers also impacted net sales to wholesaler/distributor and retail chain.  Mail-order pharmacy net sales increased primarily as a result of increased sales of drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency, as discussed above.

 

Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales for Fiscal 2015 decreased $18.9 million to $100.5 million.  The decrease was primarily attributable to the nonrecurring $20.1 million charge related to the JSP contract renewal recorded in the first quarter of Fiscal Year 2014 as well as lower amortization.  The decrease was partially offset by increased provisions for excess and obsolete inventory totaling $6.7 million.  Amortization expense included in cost of sales totaled $137 thousand for Fiscal 2015 and $1.4 million for Fiscal 2014.

 

Gross Profit.  Gross profit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 increased 98% to $306.4 million or 75% of net sales.  In comparison, gross profit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 was $154.4 million or 56% of net sales.  The gross profit percentage change for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was mainly attributable to product price increases.  The remaining increase was due to the charge related to the JSP contract renewal, which negatively impacted gross margin percentage by 7 percentage points in Fiscal Year 2014.

 

While the Company is continuously seeking to keep product costs low, there can be no guarantee that gross profit percentages will stay consistent in future periods.  Pricing pressure from competitors and costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in future periods.  Changes in future product sales mix may also occur.

 

Research and Development.  Research and development expenses increased 9% to $30.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to $27.7 million in the prior year period.  The increase was primarily due to increased product development costs totaling $2.0 million as well as costs associated with bio-equivalency studies and the clinical trial for the Company’s C-Topical® Solution product totaling $1.9 million.  The increase was partially offset by decreased third-party contract lab expenses totaling $2.7 million.  Compensation-related and other miscellaneous expenses also contributed to the increase.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Selling, General and Administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 28% to $49.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared with $38.6 million in the prior year period.  The increase was primarily due to additional acquisition-related expenses totaling $4.0 million as well as additional compensation-related expenses totaling $3.1 million.  Legal expenses also contributed an additional increase of $1.5 million.

 

The Company is focused on controlling selling, general and administrative costs; however increases in personnel and other costs to facilitate changes in the Company’s infrastructure and expansion may impact selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

 

Other Income (Loss).  The Company recorded a net gain on investment securities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 totaling $705 thousand compared to a net gain on investment securities totaling $1.9 million in the prior year period.

 

Income Tax.  The Company recorded income tax expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 of $77.4 million compared to $32.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was 34.0%, compared to 36.5% for the prior year period.  The decrease in the effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 was due primarily to the effect of changes in local tax laws and domestic manufacturing deductions recorded in Fiscal 2015.  Research-related tax credits also contributed to the lower rate.

 

At June 30, 2015, the Company had recognized a net deferred tax asset of $28.8 million.  The net deferred tax asset is net of a valuation allowance of $2.3 million that is primarily related to the Cody notes receivable impairment recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of Cody Labs.  The Company expects the remaining net deferred tax assets to be fully realizable based on the Company’s history and future expectations of taxable income.

 

Net Income.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Company reported net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. of $149.9 million, or $4.18 basic and $4.04 per diluted share.  Comparatively, net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. in the prior year was $57.1 million, or $1.70 basic and $1.62 per diluted share, which included the charge related to the JSP contract renewal equal to $0.36 per diluted share.

 

Results of Operations — Fiscal 2014 compared to Fiscal 2013

 

Net sales increased 81% to $273.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  The following table identifies the Company’s approximate net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

(In thousands)

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

Medical Indication

 

2014

 

2013

 

Antibiotic

 

$

13,572

 

$

9,167

 

Cardiovascular

 

62,121

 

25,876

 

Gallstone

 

6,578

 

6,114

 

Glaucoma

 

11,987

 

6,410

 

Gout

 

10,822

 

5,092

 

Migraine

 

14,527

 

5,418

 

Obesity

 

4,032

 

4,721

 

Pain Management

 

27,174

 

21,232

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

102,248

 

57,978

 

Other

 

20,710

 

9,046

 

Total

 

$

273,771

 

$

151,054

 

 

Product price increases contributed $115.1 million to the overall increase in net sales, while increased volumes added $7.6 million.  The Company experienced favorable trends in product pricing on several key products during the period, as discussed below.  Although the Company has benefited from these favorable pricing trends, the level of competition in the marketplace is constantly changing and the Company cannot guarantee that these pricing trends will continue.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

The following chart details price and volume changes by medical indication:

 

Medical indication

 

Sales volume
change %

 

Sales price
change %

 

Antibiotic

 

38%

 

10%

 

Cardiovascular

 

(10)%

 

150%

 

Gallstone

 

(23)%

 

31%

 

Glaucoma

 

1%

 

86%

 

Gout

 

105%

 

8%

 

Migraine

 

44%

 

124%

 

Obesity

 

(6)%

 

(8)%

 

Pain Management

 

(6)%

 

34%

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

7%

 

69%

 

 

Thyroid Deficiency.  Net sales of drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency increased by $44.3 million, primarily as a result of price increases on key products.

 

Cardiovascular.  Net sales of drugs used for cardiovascular treatment increased by $36.2 million, primarily as a result of price increases on products used to treat congestive heart failure.  The increase in net sales was partially offset by a decrease in net sales on products used to treat hypertension due to pricing pressures and modest volume decreases on several products within the indication.

 

Migraine.  Net sales of drugs used to treat migraines increased by $9.1 million.  The increase in net sales was attributable to increased volumes as well as price increases on key products.

 

Pain Management.  Net sales of pain management products increased $5.9 million.  The increase in net sales was mainly attributable to a price increase on the Company’s C-Topical® Solution product.  The increase in net sales was partially offset by lower sales volume of the Company’s C-Topical® Solution product.  Net sales of the Company’s Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution product were lower due to FDA enforcement actions against market participants which caused the Company and others to voluntarily exit the market by October 4, 2012.  The Company is awaiting FDA approval for this product and anticipates resuming product sales in the near future.

 

Gout.  Net sales of drugs used for gout treatment increased by $5.7 million.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to increased volumes.

 

Glaucoma.  Net sales of drugs used for treatment of glaucoma increased by $5.6 million.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to price increases.

 

Antibiotic.  Net sales of antibiotics increased by $4.4 million.  The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to increased volumes across various products.

 

The Company sells its products to customers in various distribution channels.  The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each distribution channel for the fiscal year ended June 30:

 

(In thousands)
Customer Distribution Channel

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2013

 

Wholesaler/Distributor

 

$

172,503

 

$

83,582

 

Retail Chain

 

80,710

 

52,479

 

Mail-Order Pharmacy

 

20,558

 

14,993

 

Total

 

$

273,771

 

$

151,054

 

 

Net sales to wholesaler/distributor increased primarily as a result of increased sales in a variety of products for gout, thyroid deficiency and cardiovascular, as discussed above.  Retail chain net sales increased primarily as a result of increased sales of drugs for the treatment of thyroid deficiency and cardiovascular, as discussed above.

 

Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 increased $25.7 million to $119.4 million, which included the $20.1 million charge related to the JSP contract renewal.  The remaining increase primarily reflected the impact of the increase in sales volumes.  Amortization expense included in cost of sales totaled $1.4 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Gross Profit.  Gross profit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 increased 169% to $154.4 million or 56% of net sales.  In comparison, gross profit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 was $57.4 million or 38% of net sales.  The gross profit percentage change for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 was mainly attributable to changes in the mix of products sold and product price increases, as discussed above, offset by the charge related to the JSP contract renewal, which negatively impacted gross margin by 7 percentage points.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

While the Company is continuously seeking to keep product costs low, there can be no guarantee that gross profit percentages will stay consistent in future periods.  Pricing pressure from competitors and costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in future periods.  Changes in future product sales mix may also occur.

 

Research and Development.  Research and development expenses increased 71% to $27.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $16.3 million in the prior year period.  The increase is primarily due to increased costs for third-party laboratory services totaling $4.1 million, bioequivalence studies totaling $1.2 million and other costs for product development and FDA submissions totaling $4.4 million.

 

Selling, General and Administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 72% to $38.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared with $22.4 million in the prior year period.  The increase is primarily due to additional compensation-related costs totaling $9.9 million and expenses related to marketing the Company’s C-Topical® Solution product totaling $1.9 million.  Additional increases were attributable to general corporate spending totaling $2.2 million.

 

The Company is focused on controlling selling, general and administrative costs, however increases in personnel and other costs to facilitate improvements in the Company’s infrastructure and expansion may impact selling, general and administrative expenses in future periods.

 

Other Income (Loss).  The Company recorded a net gain on investment securities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 totaling $1.9 million compared to a net gain on investment securities totaling $699 thousand in the prior year period.

 

Income Tax.  The Company recorded income tax expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 of $32.9 million compared to $7.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 was 36.5%, compared to 35.3% for the prior year period.  The increase in the effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 was due to an increase in non-deductible items and a decrease in tax credits, both relative to pre-tax income for the comparable periods.  The effective rate increase was partially offset by the effects of a Pennsylvania tax law change which lowered the Company’s apportionment factor within the state in Fiscal 2013.  The impact of this change caused the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets thereby increasing the effective tax rate by 1.1% in Fiscal 2013.

 

At June 30, 2014, the Company had recognized a net deferred tax asset of $25.5 million.  The net deferred tax asset is net of a valuation allowance of $2.3 million that is primarily related to the Cody notes receivable impairment recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of Cody Labs.  The Company expects the remaining net deferred tax assets to be fully realizable based on the Company’s history and future expectations of generating sufficient taxable income.

 

Net Income.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, the Company reported net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. of $57.1 million, or $1.70 basic and $1.62 per diluted share.  Net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. included the charge related to the JSP contract renewal equal to $0.36 per diluted share.  Comparatively, net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. in the prior year was $13.3 million, or $0.47 basic and $0.46 per diluted share, which included the favorable litigation settlement equal to $0.03 per diluted share.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flow

 

The Company has historically financed its operations with cash flow generated from operations, supplemented with borrowings from various government agencies and financial institutions.  At June 30, 2015, working capital was $326.4 million as compared to $218.5 million at June 30, 2014, an increase of $107.9 million.  Current product portfolio sales as well as sales related to future product approvals are anticipated to continue to generate positive cash flow from operations.

 

Net cash from operating activities of $128.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 reflected net income of $150.0 million, offset by cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $21.5 million.  In comparison, net cash from operating activities of $45.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 reflected net income of $57.2 million after adjustments for non-cash items of $13.5 million, as well as cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $25.6 million.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015 are comprised of:

 

·                  An increase in accounts receivable of $25.4 million mainly due to an increase in gross accounts receivable resulting from increased sales partially offset by increases in total revenue-related reserves.  The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”) at June 30, 2015, based on gross sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and gross accounts receivable at June 30, 2015, was 66 days.  The level of DSO at June 30, 2015 was comparable to the Company’s expectation that DSO will be in the 60 to 70 day range based on 60-70 day payment terms for most customers.

·                  A decrease in accrued payroll and payroll related costs of $2.5 million primarily related to tax withholdings on a restricted stock vesting on June 30, 2014, partially offset by an increase in accrued incentive compensation costs in Fiscal Year 2015 compared to Fiscal Year 2014.

·                  A decrease in accounts payable of $2.5 million due to the timing of payments at the beginning of Fiscal Year 2015.

·                  A decrease in income taxes payable of $5.1 million primarily due to the timing of estimated tax payments made during Fiscal 2015 and excess tax benefits on stock options exercised, partially offset by Fiscal 2015 taxable income.

·                  An increase in rebates payable of $3.0 million due to an increase in rebates accrued resulting from sales qualifying for existing rebates programs.

 

Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities from June 30, 2013 to June 30, 2014 are comprised of:

 

·                  An increase in accounts receivable of $34.9 million, mainly due to an increase in gross accounts receivable as a result of increased sales, partially offset by increases in total revenue-related reserves.  The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”) at June 30, 2014, based on annualized gross sales and gross accounts receivable at June 30, 2014, was 60 days.  The level of DSO at June 30, 2014 was comparable to the Company’s expectation that DSO will be in the 60 to 70 day range based on 60 day payment terms for most customers.

·                  An increase in income taxes payable totaling $11.4 million, mainly resulting from Fiscal 2014 taxable income offset by the timing of estimated tax payments made during Fiscal 2014 and excess tax benefits on share-based compensation awards.

·                  An increase in inventories of $12.3 million, primarily due to the timing of customer order fulfillment.

·                  An increase in rebates payable of $3.5 million due to an increase in rebates accrued resulting from sales qualifying for existing rebate programs.

·                  An increase in accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses of $6.0 million, due to an increase in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2014 compared to Fiscal 2013.

 

Net cash used in investing activities of $45.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 is mainly the result of the acquisition of Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. totaling $41.9 million, purchases of investment securities of $47.8 million and purchases of property, plant and equipment of $31.7 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of investment securities of $75.8 million.  Net cash used in investing activities of $56.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 is mainly the result of purchases of investment securities of $53.7 million and purchases of property, plant and equipment of $26.1 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of investment securities of $23.4 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of $12.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of stock pursuant to stock compensation plans of $4.9 million and excess tax benefits on stock option exercises of $8.1 million.  Net cash provided by financing activities of $74.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 was primarily due to proceeds from an offering of the Company’s common stock of $71.5 million, proceeds from the issuance of stock pursuant to share-based compensation plans of $5.4 million and excess tax benefits on share-based compensation awards of $7.0 million, partially offset by debt repayments of $5.4 million and purchases of treasury stock of $3.9 million.

 

Credit Facilities

 

The Company has previously entered into and may enter future agreements with various government agencies and financial institutions to provide additional cash to help finance the Company’s various capital investments and potential strategic opportunities.  These borrowing arrangements as of June 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

In December 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and certain other financial institutions.  The Credit Agreement provides for a revolving loan commitment in the amount of up to $50.0 million.  Any loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at either a “Eurodollar Rate” or a “Base Rate” plus a specified margin.  The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee on any undrawn commitments under the Credit Agreement ranging from 0.2% - 0.3% per annum according to the average daily balance of borrowings under the agreement.  The Credit Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.  In connection with securing the Credit Agreement, the Company repaid substantially all of its outstanding debt, except for the Cody LCI Realty, LLC (“Realty”) mortgage.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

On April 21, 2015, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), pursuant to which the parties amended the terms of the Credit Agreement originally entered into on December 18, 2013 with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and certain other financial institutions party thereto as lenders.  The First Amendment increases the Company’s revolving line of credit from $50.0 million to $120.0 million (the “Credit Facility”), consisting of revolving loans, swingline loans not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million and letters of credit not to exceed a maximum aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million.  The First Amendment also includes an accordion feature that will allow the Company to increase the Credit Facility by a total of up to an additional $30.0 million, subject to securing additional commitments from existing lenders or new lending institutions.  The First Amendment also modified certain financial covenants, most notably permitted acquisitions and capital expenditures. Permitted acquisitions increased from $100.0 million to $200.0 million individually and in the aggregate for each fiscal year. Total permitted acquisitions over the remaining term of the Credit Agreement were increased to $600.0 million.  Capital expenditure covenants were also increased over the term of the Credit Agreement based on certain leverage ratios, as defined.  As of June 30, 2015, the Company had $120.0 million available under the Credit Agreement.

 

The Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, affirmative, negative and financial covenants, and events of default, applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries which are customary for credit facilities of this type.  As of June 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

 

The Company is the primary beneficiary to a VIE called Realty.  The VIE owns land and a building which is being leased to Cody Labs.  A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody has been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, along with the related land and building.  The mortgage requires monthly principal and interest payments of $15 thousand.  As of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, the effective rate was 4.5%.  The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building with a net book value of $1.5 million.  As of June 30, 2015, $1.0 million is outstanding under the mortgage loan, of which $135 thousand is classified as currently due.

 

Other Liquidity Matters

 

On December 20, 2013, the Company acquired two separate properties located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania for $4.0 million and $5.0 million.  The buildings are 196,000 and 400,000 square feet.  The Company intends to use the two properties for future expansion including, but not limited to, additional manufacturing, product development, and warehousing capabilities.  In connection with the purchase of these two buildings, the Company expects to incur significant capital expenditures for fit out costs over the next several years.

 

The Company completed an offering of its common stock on October 4, 2013 at an offering price of $18.00 per share.  The offering of 4.25 million shares yielded net proceeds of $71.5 million after deducting underwriting, legal and accounting fees totaling $5.0 million.

 

We are continuously evaluating the potential for product and company acquisitions as a part of our future growth strategy.  In conjunction with a potential acquisition, the Company may utilize current resources or seek additional sources of capital to finance any such acquisition, which could have an impact on future liquidity.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table represents annual contractual obligations as of June 30, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1

 

 

 

 

 

More than 5

 

(In thousands)

 

Total

 

year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

Years

 

Long-Term Debt

 

$

1,009

 

$

135

 

$

289

 

$

316

 

$

269

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

2,673

 

108

 

216

 

216

 

2,133

 

Purchase Obligations

 

149,285

 

33,035

 

62,000

 

54,250

 

 

Interest on Obligations

 

989

 

282

 

546

 

151

 

10

 

Total

 

$

153,956

 

$

33,560

 

$

63,051

 

$

54,933

 

$

2,412

 

 

The purchase obligations above are primarily due to the agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”).  If the minimum purchase requirement is not met, JSP has the right to terminate the contract within 60 days of Lannett’s failure to meet the requirement.  If JSP terminates the contract, Lannett does not pay any fee, but could lose its exclusive distribution rights in the United States.  If Lannett’s management believes that it is not in the Company’s best interest to fulfill the minimum purchase requirements, it can also terminate the contract without any penalty.  If either party were to terminate the purchase agreement, there would be a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations and operating cash flows of the Company.  See Note 20 “Material Contracts with Suppliers” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the terms, conditions and financial impact of the JSP Distribution Agreement.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Operating Lease Obligations relate to the 25 year lease with Forward Cody, which commenced in April 2015.  Refer to Note 21 “Cody Expansion Project” for additional information.

 

Interest on Obligations amount above includes interest on the Cody mortgage as well as the unused commitment fee related to the Credit Agreement.  Refer to Note 10 “Bank Line of Credit” and Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for additional information.

 

Research and Development Arrangements

 

In the normal course of business, the Company has entered into certain research and development and other arrangements.  As part of these arrangements, the Company has agreed to certain contingent payments which generally become due and payable only upon the achievement of certain developmental, regulatory, commercial and/or other milestones.  In addition, under certain arrangements, we may be required to make royalty payments based on a percentage of future sales, or other metric, for products currently in development in the event that the Company begins to market and sell the product.  Due to the inherent uncertainty related to these developmental, regulatory, commercial and/or other milestones, it is unclear if the Company will ever be required to make such payments.  As such, these contingencies are not reflected in the expected cash requirements for Contractual Obligations in the table above.

 

Prospects for the Future

 

Lannett continues to deliver substantial growth year over year in many important financial metrics.  Each year, with staff additions, our knowledge, skills and talent increase.  The Company is strengthening and building momentum to grow within the generic pharmaceutical industry by embarking on several strategic initiatives.

 

One initiative at the core of the Company’s strategy is to continue leveraging the asset we acquired in 2007, Cody Labs.  In July 2008, the DEA granted Cody Labs a license to directly import concentrated poppy straw for conversion into opioid-based APIs for use in various dosage forms for pain management.  The value of this license comes from the successful development of patentable processes.  Cody Labs’ expertise in API development and manufacture, allows the Company to perform in a market with high barriers to entry and limited foreign and domestic competition.

 

Because of this vertical integration, the Company has direct control of its supply and can avoid increased costs or supply chain interruptions associated with buying APIs from third-party manufacturers, thereby achieving higher margins.  The Company can also leverage this vertical integration not only for direct supply of opioid-based APIs, but also for the manufacture of non-opioid-based controlled drugs.

 

The Company believes that demand for controlled substances and pain management drugs will continue based upon the “Baby Boomer” demographics.  By concentrating additional resources in the development of opioid-based APIs and dosage forms, the Company is well-positioned to take advantage of this opportunity.  The Company is currently vertically integrated on two products, with several others in various stages of development.

 

One product which the Company manufactures is a cocaine hydrochloride solution.  This product is being manufactured and marketed under the product name C-Topical® Solution.  This product is an analgesic topical solution, with vasoconstriction as a side effect, for use primarily by ear, nose and throat doctors during surgical procedures.  This product represents the Company’s first foray into the brand market.  Selling brand versus generic products require a dedicated sales force to detail and educate physicians on the product.  The Company strongly believes that C-Topical®, once clinical trials are completed and the FDA has granted approval, will be an important contributor to total revenue, with higher than average profit margins as a result of vertical integration.

 

The Company’s strategic goal is to continue investing in controlled substance product development so that by 2019 at least 50% of revenues from manufactured products are derived from controlled substance products which carry with them higher-than-average gross margins.  As the Company continues to invest in, and focus on process and manufacturing optimization, Cody Labs will continue to be an important part of our future growth plan.

 

In addition to focusing on the development and manufacture of opioid-based APIs and dosage forms, the Company has made a decision to develop products which require a paragraph four (P-IV) certification when filing the ANDA.  A P-IV certification is required when an ANDA is submitted for a product for which the innovator’s patent has not yet expired.  The certification must state whether the patent on the reference listed drug (RLD) is being challenged on grounds of it being invalid, or if the patent is being circumvented.  This path to product approval represents an opportunity for generic drug companies because they do not have to wait until a particular patent expires to potentially enter the market.  Secondly, if a company is the first-to-file a P-IV certification on a product, and they successfully invalidate or circumvent the patent, the FDA may grant 180 days of market exclusivity.  This allows the generic manufacturer to be the sole competitor to the brand company for six months unless an authorized generic is launched. 

 

38



Table of Contents

 

During this market exclusivity period, the generic manufacturer will capture a significant portion of the market from the brand company, albeit at discounted prices.

 

The Company filed its first ANDA with a P-IV certification in Fiscal 2013.  As of June 30, 2015, we have ten paragraph IV certifications pending with the FDA, of which five were filed by Lannett and five by Silarx.  Three of the paragraph IV certifications are currently being challenged.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to the Zomig® nasal spray product, AstraZeneca AB, AstraZeneca UK Limited and Impax Laboratories, Inc. filed two patent infringement complaints against the Company in July 2014.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to Thalomid®, Celegene Corporation and Children’s Medical Center Corporation filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in January 2015.  In response to our paragraph IV certification with respect to Dilaudid®, Purdue Pharmaceutical Products L.P, Purdue Pharma L.P, and Purdue Pharma Technologies Inc. filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in August 2015.  The Company is in various stages of responding to the patent infringement claims.  Refer to Note 12 “Legal and Regulatory Matters” for additional information.

 

Another area of focus for the Company is in mergers, acquisitions and other strategic alliances, whether new or continuing.  The Company is party to supply and development agreements with international companies, including, Azad Pharma AG, Aenova (formerly Swiss Caps) of Switzerland, Pharma 2B (formerly Pharmaseed), The GC Group of Israel and HEC Pharm Group, Sunshine Lake LLC, as well as domestic companies, including JSP, Cerovene, Symplemed, Inc., and Summit Bioscience LLC.  The Company is currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other companies, and is actively seeking additional strategic partnerships, through which it will market and distribute products manufactured in-house or by third parties.  Additionally, the Company recently completed its acquisition of Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.  The Company plans to continue evaluating potential merger and acquisition opportunities that are a strategic fit and accretive to the business.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission requires the use of estimates and assumptions.  A listing of the Company’s significant accounting policies are detailed in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”  A subsection of these accounting policies have been identified by management as “Critical Accounting Policies”.  Critical accounting policies are those which require management to make estimates using assumptions that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made and for which the use of different assumptions, which reasonably could have been used, could have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations.

 

Management has identified the following as “Critical Accounting Policies”:  Revenue Recognition, Inventories, Income Taxes, Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, and Share-based Compensation.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer and provisions for estimates, including rebates, promotional adjustments, price adjustments, returns, chargebacks, and other potential adjustments are reasonably determinable.  The Company also considers all other relevant criteria specified in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Topic No. 13, “Revenue Recognition”, in determining when to recognize revenue.

 

When revenue is recognized a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments, and other potential adjustments.  These provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers, and other factors known to management at the time of accrual.  Accruals for provisions are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserve presented as a reduction of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable.  The reserves presented as a reduction of accounts receivable totaled $69.4 million and $51.9 million at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively.  Rebates payable at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 included $7.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively, for certain rebate programs, primarily related to Medicare Part D and Medicaid, and certain sales allowances and other adjustments paid to indirect customers.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The following table identifies the activity and ending balances of each major category of revenue reserve for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

Reserve Category
(In thousands)

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Balance at July 1, 2012

 

$

7,063

 

$

4,436

 

$

5,540

 

$

705

 

$

17,744

 

Current period provision

 

67,898

 

23,731

 

4,490

 

10,249

 

106,368

 

Credits issued during the period

 

(67,694

)

(24,586

)

(3,341

)

(9,954

)

(105,575

)

Balance at June 30, 2013

 

7,267

 

3,581

 

6,689

 

1,000

 

18,537

 

Current period provision

 

144,578

 

56,346

 

6,632

 

21,462

 

229,018

 

Credits issued during the period

 

(121,525

)

(44,836

)

(3,980

)

(20,675

)

(191,016

)

Balance at June 30, 2014

 

30,320

 

15,091

 

9,341

 

1,787

 

56,539

 

Additions related to an acquisition

 

1,042

 

1,176

 

712

 

 

2,930

 

Current period provision

 

338,668

 

83,364

 

17,707

 

30,661

 

470,400

 

Credits issued during the period

 

(334,229

)

(79,133

)

(8,551

)

(30,920

)

(452,833

)

Balance at June 30, 2015

 

$

35,801

 

$

20,498

 

$

19,209

 

$

1,528

 

$

77,036

 

 

For the years ending June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, as a percentage of gross sales the provision for chargebacks was 38.6%, 28.8% and 26.4%, the provision for rebates was 9.5%, 11.2% and 9.2%, the provision for returns was 2.0%, 1.3% and 1.7%, and the provision for other adjustments was 3.5%, 4.3% and 4.0%, respectively.

 

The increase in total reserves from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015 was due to increases in substantially all reserve categories. The increases resulted from increased gross sales to wholesalers related to the strategic partnership between Amerisource Bergen and Walgreens, whereby Amerisource Bergen began product distribution on behalf of Walgreens in the third quarter of Fiscal Year 2014.  Other strategic partnerships between industry wholesalers and retailers also impacted net sales to wholesaler/distributor and retail chain.  The return reserve also increased due to a voluntary recall in April 2015 of one lot of product manufactured at the Company’s facility in Cody, Wyoming due to incorrect labeling.  The Silarx acquisition contributed to the increase in the chargebacks, rebates and returns reserve categories.  The activity in the “Other” category for the year ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 includes shelf-stock, shipping and other sales adjustments including prompt payment discounts.  The amounts recorded in the current period related to reversals or additions of prior period reserves are not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  If the Company were to record a material reversal or addition of any prior period reserve amount, it would be separately disclosed.

 

Provisions for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments require varying degrees of subjectivity.  While rebates generally are based on contractual terms and require minimal estimation, chargebacks and returns require management to make more subjective assumptions.  Each major category is discussed in detail below:

 

Chargebacks

 

The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue.  The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains, and mail-order pharmacies.  The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  The Company enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products.  The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products.  If the price paid by the indirect customers is lower than the price paid by the wholesaler, the Company will provide a credit, called a chargeback, to the wholesaler for the difference between the contractual price with the indirect customers and the wholesaler purchase price.  The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels.  As sales to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen, and McKesson increase (decrease), the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase (decrease).  However, the size of the increase (decrease) depends on product mix and the amount of sales made to indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements.  The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks may differ from the actual chargeback reserve.

 

Rebates

 

Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales.  These rebate programs provide customers with credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period.  Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers.  Additionally, as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the Company participates in a new cost-sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand drugs and certain generic drugs if their FDA approval was granted under a New Drug Application (“NDA”) or 505(b) NDA versus an Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”). 

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Because our drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency and our Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution product were both approved by the FDA as 505(b)(2) NDAs, they are considered “brand” drugs for purposes of the PPACA.  Drugs purchased within the Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) result in additional rebates.  The Company estimates the reserve for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement when revenue is recognized.  The reserve for rebates increases (decreases) as sales to certain wholesale and retail customers increase (decrease).  However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of sales to customers that are eligible to receive rebates.

 

Returns

 

Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within a specified time period prior to and subsequent to the product’s expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases.  The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return.  The Company estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, credit terms and any extenuating circumstances known to management.  While historical experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, future returns may or may not follow historical trends.  The Company continually monitors the reserve for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product returns may differ from the established reserve.  Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase.

 

Other Adjustments

 

Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf-stock adjustments” and “price protections,” which are both credits issued to reflect increases or decreases in the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products.  In the case of a price decrease a credit is given for product remaining in customer’s inventories at the time of the price reduction.  Contractual price protection results in a similar credit when the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products increase, effectively allowing customers to purchase products at previous prices for a specified period of time.  Amounts recorded for estimated shelf-stock adjustments and price protections are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated changes in market prices, and estimates of inventory held by customers.  The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available.  Other adjustments also include prompt payment discounts.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market determined by the first-in, first-out method.  Inventories are regularly reviewed and provisions for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on current inventory levels and estimated sales forecasts.  During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded provisions for excess and obsolete inventory of $6.7 million, $2.9 million and $876 thousand, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses an asset and liability approach to account for income taxes as prescribed by ASC 740, Income Taxes.  Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of events that the Company has already recognized in the financial statement or tax returns.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effect of changes in tax law or tax rates in the period during which the new law is enacted.  Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income.  Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings.

 

The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The benefit from uncertain tax positions recorded in the financial statements was immaterial for all periods presented.

 

The Company’s future effective income tax rate is highly reliant on future projections of taxable income, tax legislation, and potential tax planning strategies.  A change in any of these factors could materially affect the effective income tax rate of the Company in future periods.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

The Company’s long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment, definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and goodwill.

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 5 to 39 years.  Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years.  The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.

 

Property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.  The nature and timing of triggering events by their very nature are unpredictable; however management regularly considers the performance of an asset as compared to its expectations, industry events, industry and economic trends, as well as any other relevant information known to management when determining if a triggering event occurred.  If a triggering event is determined to have occurred, the first step in the impairment test is to compare the asset’s carrying value to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flow of the asset then an impairment exists.  An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, which in most cases is calculated using a discounted cash flow model.  Discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates, and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows.  The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value can materially impact our results of operations.

 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, including in-process research and development, are not amortized.  Instead, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the asset might be impaired.  The Company first performs a qualitative assessment to determine if the quantitative impairment test is required.  If changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired, the Company performs the quantitative test.  The quantitative impairment test consists of a Step I analysis that requires a comparison between the reporting unit’s fair value and carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, impairment does not exist and no further analysis is required.  A Step II analysis would be required if the fair value of the reporting unit is lower than its carrying amount.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value, Step II of the quantitative impairment test requires the allocation of the reporting unit fair value to all of its assets and liabilities using the acquisition method prescribed under authoritative guidance for business combinations with any residual fair value being allocated to goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles.  An impairment charge is recognized only when the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible is less than its carrying amount.  The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset can materially impact our results of operations.  The Company’s fair value assessments are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates, and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows.  The Company has one reportable segment and one reporting unit, generic pharmaceuticals.  For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, no impairment charges were recorded.

 

In-Process Research and Development

 

Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.  The acquisition purchase price is allocated to the net assets of the acquired business at their respective fair values.  Amounts allocated to in-process research and development are recorded at fair value and are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to the impairment testing in accordance with the Company’s impairment testing policy for indefinite-lived intangible assets as described above.  As products in development are approved for sale, amounts will be allocated to product rights and will be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of the asset. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of in-process research and development, as well as asset lives, can materially impact our results of operations.  The Company’s fair value assessments are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates, and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows.  For the year ended June 30, 2015, no impairment charges were recorded.

 

Share-based Compensation

 

Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period, using a straight-line method, based on the fair value of the instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for expected forfeitures.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of stock options and the market price on the grant date to value restricted stock.  The Black-Scholes valuation model includes various assumptions, including the expected volatility, the expected life of the award, dividend yield, and the risk-free interest rate.  These assumptions involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control.  Changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the financial statements.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair values of the stock options granted during the years ended June 30 and the estimated annual forfeiture rates used to recognize the associated compensation expense:

 

 

 

Stock
Options
FY 2015

 

Stock
Options
FY 2014

 

Stock
Options
FY 2013

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.7

%

2.1

%

1.0

%

Expected volatility

 

52.1

%

62.8

%

61.6

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

Forfeiture rate

 

6.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

Expected term (in years)

 

5.5 years

 

5.9 years

 

6.1 years

 

 

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares during the historical period equal to the expected term of the option.  The Company uses historical information to estimate the expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate for the period equal to the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting period.  This assumption is based on our actual forfeiture rate on historical awards.  Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations.  Additionally, the expected dividend yield is equal to zero, as the Company has not historically issued, and has no immediate plans to issue, a dividend.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.  The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  The authoritative guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  In July 2015, the FASB extended the effective date of the guidance by one year to December 15, 2017.  The Company is currently in the process of assessing the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. It is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015.  Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented.  The Company is currently in the process of assessing the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory — Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.  ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be subsequently measured using the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby eliminating the market value approach.  Net realizable value is defined as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.”  ASU 2015-11 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and is applied prospectively.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, of adopting this new accounting guidance on its financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A.                                       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody has been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, along with the related land and building.  The mortgage requires monthly principal and interest payments of $15 thousand.  As of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, the effective interest rate was 4.5%.  The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building with a net book value of $1.5 million.  As of June 30, 2015, $1.0 million is outstanding under the mortgage loan.

 

On April 21, 2015, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), pursuant to which the parties amended the terms of the Credit Agreement originally entered into on December 18, 2013 with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and certain other financial institutions party thereto as lenders.  The First Amendment increases the Company’s revolving line of credit from $50.0 million to $120.0 million (the “Credit Facility”), consisting of revolving loans, swingline loans not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million and letters of credit not to exceed a maximum aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million.  The First Amendment also includes an accordion feature that will allow the Company to increase the Credit Facility by a total of up to an additional $30.0 million, subject to securing additional commitments from existing lenders or new lending institutions.  Any loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at either a “Eurodollar Rate” or a “Base Rate” plus a specified margin.  The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee on any undrawn commitments under the Credit Agreement ranging from 0.2% - 0.3% per annum according to the average daily balance of borrowings under the agreement.  As of June 30, 2015, the Company had $120.0 million available under the Credit Agreement.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

The Company invests in equity securities, U.S. government agency securities and corporate bonds, which are exposed to market and interest rate fluctuations.  The market value, interest and dividends earned on these investments may vary based on fluctuations in interest rate and market conditions.

 

ITEM 8.                                                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements” and incorporated herein by reference.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9.                                                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.                                       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, for financial reporting as of June 30, 2015.  Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported as specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.  There were no changes in these controls or procedures identified in connection with the evaluation of such controls or procedures that occurred during our last fiscal quarter, or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect these controls or procedures.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other things, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The report of management of the Company regarding internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements:  Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting “ and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements:  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.                                       OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.                                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below:

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber

 

55

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

69

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

David Drabik

 

47

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Taveira

 

55

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

James M. Maher

 

62

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Albert Paonessa, III

 

55

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

69

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

54

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

63

 

Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

William F. Schreck

 

66

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin R. Smith

 

55

 

Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

John M. Abt

 

50

 

Vice President of Quality

 

 

 

 

 

Rohit Desai

 

74

 

Vice President of New Product Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Mahendra Dedhiya

 

66

 

Vice President of Scientific Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Ehlinger

 

57

 

Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer

 

Jeffrey Farber was appointed a Director of the Company in May 2006 and was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 2012.  Jeffrey Farber joined the Company in August 2003 as Secretary.  Since 1994, Mr. Farber has been President and the owner of Auburn Pharmaceutical (“Auburn”), a national generic pharmaceutical distributor.  Prior to starting Auburn, Mr. Farber served in various positions at Major Pharmaceutical (“Major”), where he was employed for over 15 years.  At Major, Mr. Farber was involved in sales, purchasing and eventually served as President of the Midwest division.  Mr. Farber also spent time working at Major’s manufacturing division, Vitarine Pharmaceuticals, where he served on its Board of Directors.  Mr. Farber joined the Board of Directors of the Karmanos Cancer Center in June 2015.  The Karmanos Cancer Center is a not-for-profit national cancer center in Michigan.  Mr. Farber graduated from Western Michigan University with a Bachelors of Science Degree in Business Administration and participated in the Pharmacy Management Graduate Program at Long Island University.

 

The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Farber is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part, to his significant experience in the generic drug industry and his ongoing role as the owner of a highly regarded and successful generic drug distributor.  His skills include a thorough knowledge of the generic drug marketplace and drug supply chain management.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

David Drabik was elected a Director of the Company in January 2011.  Mr. Drabik is a National Association of Corporate Directors Governance Fellow.  Since 2002, Mr. Drabik has been President of Cranbrook & Co., LLC (“Cranbrook”), an advisory firm primarily serving the private equity and venture capital community.  At Cranbrook, Mr. Drabik assists and advises its clientele on originating, structuring, and executing private equity and venture capital transactions.  From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Drabik served in various roles and positions with UBS Capital Americas (and its predecessor UBS Capital LLC), a New York City based private equity and venture capital firm that managed $1.5 billion of capital.  From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Drabik was a banker with Union Bank of Switzerland’s Corporate and Institutional Banking division in New York City.  Mr. Drabik graduated from the University of Michigan with a Bachelors of Business Administration degree.

 

The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Drabik is well qualified and should be nominated to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and involvement in investment banking.  As a global investment bank professional with extensive experience advising senior management, his skills include business analytics, financing and a strong familiarity with SEC documentation.

 

Paul Taveira was appointed a Director of the Company in May 2012.  Mr. Taveira has been Chief Executive Officer of the National Response Corporation, an international firm specializing in environmental services, since June 2015.  He previously served as a Board of Director and the Chief Executive Officer of A&D Environmental Services Inc., an environmental and industrial services company.  From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Taveira was a Managing Partner of Precision Source LLC, a manufacturer of precision parts for various industries across the United States.  From 1997 to 2007, Mr. Taveira held several positions at PSC Inc., a national provider of environmental services, including President, Vice President and Regional General Manager.  From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Taveira held several management positions with Clean Harbors Inc., an international provider of environmental and energy services.  Mr. Taveira graduated from Worcester State University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology.

 

The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Taveira is well qualified and should be nominated to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of A&D Environmental Services Inc.  Additionally, Mr. Taveira has experience as a Managing Partner of Precision Source LLC, a manufacturer of precision parts for various industries across the United States.

 

James M. Maher was appointed as a Director of the Company in June 2013.  He spent his entire 37 year professional career with PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) LLP, including 27 years as a partner, before retiring in June 2012.  Most recently, Maher served as the managing partner of PwC’s U.S. assurance practice, comprised of more than 1,100 partners and 12,000 staff.  Previously, he served as the regional assurance leader for the metro assurance practice.  During his tenure at PwC, Maher worked closely with senior management at several multinational companies, dealing extensively with significant acquisitions, divestitures, initial public offerings and secondary offerings.  Maher earned a bachelor’s degree in Accounting from LIU Post.

 

The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Maher is well qualified and should be nominated to serve as a Director, due to his extensive experience at PricewaterhouseCoopers.  Additionally, Mr. Maher has significant experience in dealing with acquisitions, divestitures, initial public offerings and secondary offerings.

 

Albert Paonessa, III was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2015.  Mr. Paonessa retired from Anda, Inc., the fourth largest distributor of generic drugs in the U.S. in January 2015 after serving as President for the past 10 years.  He previously served as Anda’s Senior Vice President of Sales and before that as Vice President of IT.  Earlier, Mr. Paonessa was Vice President of Operations for VIP Pharmaceuticals, which was acquired by Anda’s parent company, Andrx, in 2000.  Mr. Paonessa earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Interpersonal Communications from Bowling Green State University.

 

The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Paonessa is well qualified and should be nominated to serve as a Director due, in part, to his significant experience in different executive roles within the generic pharmaceutical industry.  Additionally, Mr. Paonessa has a strong operational and technical background, especially in the areas of sales, IT, planning and budgeting, and business development.

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian, J.D. was promoted to President of the Company in May 2002 and CEO in January of 2006.  Previously, he served as the Company’s Vice President of Business Development from January 2002 to April 2002.  Mr. Bedrosian was elected as a Director in February 2000 and served to January 2002.  Mr. Bedrosian was re-elected a Director in January 2006.  Mr. Bedrosian has operated generic drug manufacturing, sales, and marketing businesses in the healthcare industry for many years.  Prior to joining the Company, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Bedrosian served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Trinity Laboratories, Inc., a medical device and drug manufacturer.  Mr. Bedrosian also operated Pharmaceutical Ventures Ltd, a healthcare consultancy, Pharmeral, Inc. a drug representation company selling generic drugs, and Interal Corporation, a computer consultancy to Fortune 100 companies. Mr. Bedrosian holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Political Science from Queens College of the City University of New York and a Juris Doctorate from Newport University in California.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Bedrosian is qualified to serve as a director, in part, because his experience as our Chief Executive Officer has been instrumental in the Company’s growth and provides the board with a compelling understanding of our operations, challenges and opportunities.  In addition, his background includes over 40 years in the generic pharmaceutical industry that encompasses a broad background and knowledge in the underlying scientific, sales, marketing and supply chain management which brings special expertise to the board in developing our business strategies.  His recent qualification to FINRA’s list of arbitrators recognizes his expertise and experience.

 

Michael Bogda joined the Company as President, in December 2014.  Arthur P. Bedrosian will remain as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bogda served as Teva Pharmaceuticals’ Executive Vice President Americas Technical Operations from 2011 to 2014 and Executive Vice President US Technical Operations from 2009 to 2011, overseeing production, sourcing and supply chain, among other responsibilities.  Before that, he held a number of positions of increasing responsibility for Barr Pharmaceuticals from 2000 to 2008, rising to President and Chief Operating Officer.  Prior to his tenure at Barr Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Bogda served as Vice President Operations for Copley Pharmaceuticals.  He earned a Master of Business Administration Degree from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, and a Master of Science degree in Chemical Engineering and a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from Rutgers University.

 

Martin P. Galvan, CPA was appointed as the Company’s Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in August 2011.  Most recently, he was Chief Financial Officer of CardioNet, Inc., a medical technology and service company.  From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Galvan was employed by Viasys Healthcare Inc., a healthcare technology company that was acquired by Cardinal Health, Inc. in June 2007.  Prior to the acquisition, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director Investor Relations.  From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Galvan served as Chief Financial Officer of Rodel, Inc., a precision surface technologies company in the semiconductor industry.  From 1979 to 1998, Mr. Galvan held several positions with Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Inc., a pharmaceutical company, including Vice President, Finance — The Americas; President & General Manager, RPR Mexico & Central America; Vice President, Finance, Europe/Asia Pacific; and Chief Financial Officer, United Kingdom & Ireland.  Mr. Galvan began his career with the international accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP.  He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Rutgers University and is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

 

William F. Schreck joined the Company in January 2003 as Materials Manager.  In May 2004, he was promoted to Vice President of Logistics.  In August 2009, Mr. Schreck was promoted to Senior Vice President and General Manager.  In January 2011, Mr. Schreck was promoted to Chief Operating Officer.  Prior to this, from 1999 to 2001, he served as Vice President of Operations at Nature’s Products, Inc., an international nutritional and over-the-counter drug product manufacturing and distribution company.  From 2001 to 2002 he served as an independent consultant for various companies.  Mr. Schreck’s prior experience also includes comprehensive executive management positions at Ivax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a division of Ivax Corporation, Zenith-Goldline Laboratories and Rugby-Darby Group Companies, Inc. Mr. Schreck has a Bachelor of Arts Degree from Hofstra University.  On August 11, 2015, Mr. Schreck announced his intention to retire from the Company, effective September 11, 2015.

 

Kevin R. Smith joined the Company in January 2002 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing.  Prior to this, from 2000 to 2001, he served as Director of National Accounts for Bi-Coastal Pharmaceutical, Inc., a pharmaceutical sales representation company.  Prior to this, from 1999 to 2000, he served as National Accounts Manager for Mova Laboratories Inc., a pharmaceutical manufacturer.  Prior to this, from 1991 to 1999, Mr. Smith served as National Sales Manager at Sidmak Laboratories, a pharmaceutical manufacturer.  Mr. Smith has extensive experience in the generic sales market, and brings to the Company a vast network of customers, including retail chain pharmacies, wholesale distributors, mail-order wholesalers and generic distributors.  Mr. Smith has a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration from Gettysburg College.

 

John M. Abt joined the Company in March 2015 as Vice President of Quality.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Abt held senior level positons in both quality and operations and has extensive knowledge in pharmaceutical manufacturing, quality, strategy, business improvement and site transformation.  He most recently served as Teva Pharmaceuticals’ Vice President Global Quality Strategy, overseeing the development and implementation of strategy and associated initiatives for the global quality organization.  Before that, he held a number of leadership positions of increasing responsibility in operations, continuous improvement, quality systems and compliance.  He earned his Masters of Administrative Science in Business Management from John Hopkins University and a Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry from Niagara University.

 

Dr. Mahendra Dedhiya joined the Company as Vice President of Scientific Affairs in June 2015.  Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Dedhiya served as Silarx Pharmaceuticals’ Executive Vice President of Scientific Affairs from 2014 to 2015, overseeing research and development and regulatory affairs among other responsibilities.  Before that, he held a number of positions of increasing responsibility for Forest Pharmaceuticals from 2001 to 2014, rising to Executive Director.  Prior to his tenure at Forest Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Dedhiya served as Director of Product Development at Roxane Laboratories and held a number of positions at other Pharmaceutical Companies.  He earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree from the University of Michigan in Pharmaceutics, a Master of Science degree in Medicinal Chemistry from the University of Rhode Island, a Bachelor of Science from University of Poona and MBA from University of Bridgeport.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Rohit Desai joined the Company as Vice President of New Product Strategy in June 2015.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Desai was the President/CEO and Co-Founder of Silarx Pharmaceuticals’, founded in 1986.  Mr. Desai has over forty years of experience in research and development to commercialization in the pharmaceutical industry.  Prior to founding Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Desai worked in research and development with Revlon Healthcare Group, designing and synthesizing new drugs, drug discovery and analytical method development.  He earned a MS in Medicinal Chemistry from the University of Montana and a BS Chemistry from the University of Bombay, India.

 

Robert Ehlinger joined the Company in July 2006 as Chief Information Officer.  In June 2011, Mr. Ehlinger was promoted to Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer.  Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Ehlinger was the Vice President of Information Technology at MedQuist, Inc., a healthcare services provider, where his career spanned 10 years in progressive operational and technology roles.  Prior to MedQuist, Mr. Ehlinger was with Kennedy Health Systems as their Corporate Director of Information Technology supporting acute care and ambulatory care health information systems and biomedical support services.  Earlier on, Mr. Ehlinger was with Dowty Communications where he held various technical and operational support roles prior to assuming the role of International Distribution Sales Executive managing the Latin America sales distribution channels.  Mr. Ehlinger received a Bachelor’s of Arts degree in Physics from Gettysburg College in Gettysburg, PA.

 

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no judgments or injunctions that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, executive officer, or significant employee during the past five years.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s directors, officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.  Officers, directors and greater-than-10% stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

 

Based solely on review of the copies of such reports furnished to the Company or written representations that no other reports were required, the Company believes that during Fiscal 2015 all filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and greater-than-10% beneficial owners under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act were complied with in a timely manner, except for a Form 4 for Paul Taveira related to a grant of restricted stock on July 23, 2014; a Form 4 for Paul Taveira related to a purchase of shares on December 17, 2014; a Form 4 for David Farber related to a sale of shares on January 26, 2015; and a Form 3 for John Abt on March 30, 2015.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted the Code of Professional Conduct (the “code of ethics”), a code of ethics that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as all other company personnel.  The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.lannett.com.  If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the code of ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or any other executive, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee has responsibility for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board.  In addition, Audit Committee responsibilities include selection of the Company’s independent auditors, conferring with the independent auditors regarding their audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, pre-approving and reviewing the independent auditors’ fees and considering whether non-audit services are compatible with maintaining their independence, and considering the adequacy of internal financial controls.  The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board, which is available on the Company’s website at www.lannett.com.  The charter describes the nature and scope of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities.  All members of the Audit Committee are independent directors as defined by the rules of the NYSE.

 

Financial Expert on Audit Committee:  The Board has determined that James M. Maher, current director and chairman of the audit committee, is the audit committee financial expert as defined in section 3(a)(58) of the Exchange Act and the related rules of the Commission.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 11.                                        EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) describes our 2015 Executive Compensation Program. It provides an overview of the compensation for the following Named Executive Officers (NEOs) and how the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the Committee) made its decisions for our 2015 fiscal year (July 1, 2014 — June 30, 2015).

 

NEO

 

Title/Role

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Michael Bogda

 

President

Martin P. Galvan

 

Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

William Schreck

 

Chief Operating Officer*

Kevin Smith

 

Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 


* On August 11, 2015, Mr. Schreck announced his intention to retire from the Company, effective September 11, 2015

 

Where We Are Today

 

At our annual shareholders’ meeting in January 2012, our shareholders supported a triennial cycle for “say-on-pay” advisory votes relating to our Executive Compensation Program for NEOs. At that time, and again in January 2015, we provided our shareholders with the opportunity to approve, or to vote against, the compensation of our NEOs, as required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act).  At our January 2015 meeting, approximately 96% of the shareholders who voted on the “say-on-pay” proposal supported our program.

 

Although this vote is non-binding, its outcome, along with shareholder feedback and the competitive business environment, plays an important role in how the Committee makes decisions about the program’s structure. To this end, during the past few years, the Committee conducted periodic reviews of the Executive Compensation Program, monitored industry practices and sought feedback from some of our largest investors. During the same time, the Company experienced outstanding financial performance and significant increases in stock price and total shareholder return.

 

The following pages of this CD&A highlight performance results since Fiscal 2012 that have had a direct impact on the compensation paid to our NEOs over the same period of time. It looks specifically at the performance measures used in the short- and long-term incentive awards under the Executive Compensation Program that the Committee believes drive shareholder value. It also describes recently approved changes for Fiscal 2016 to further align our Executive Compensation Program with our objectives and best competitive practice.

 

A Word About Risk

 

The Committee believes that incentive plans, along with the other elements of the Executive Compensation Program, provide appropriate rewards to our NEOs to keep them focused on our goals. The Committee also believes that the program’s structure, along with its oversight, continues to provide a setting that does not encourage the NEOs to take excessive risks in their business decisions.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Executive Summary

 

Business Highlights

 

Fiscal 2015 marked another extraordinary year for Lannett.  Compared with Fiscal 2014 results, when we experienced the strongest growth in profitability in the Company’s history, we increased net sales by 49%, operating income by 157%, and diluted earnings per share (EPS) by 149%.  Additionally, our stock price increased by approximately 20% during the 12-month period ending June 30, 2015 and by 1,302% over the past three years.  We also further strengthened our balance sheet to help fund future growth opportunities.  Our results demonstrate our leadership team’s commitment to stability, growth and focus on long-term profitability and creating shareholder value.

 

In addition to our financial results, we continued to make important advances in product development and mix, market share, and in our regulatory approval process, allowing us to efficiently and safely place our products that span a variety of categories (e.g., thyroid deficiencies, cardiovascular, pain management) on the market.  Following the recent acquisition of Silarx, we currently have 83 products available to the market, with an additional 29 Abbreviated New Drug Applications (ANDAs) pending regulatory approval.  We also have 47 product candidates in development, and continue to capitalize on our strategic partnerships.

 

Key financial performance highlights include:

 

 


†Peer Group average excludes former peers Astex Pharmaceuticals, Cornerstone Therapeutics, Hi-Tech Pharmacal Co., and Santurus, Inc., which were acquired prior to 6/30/2015, and includes Aceto Corporation and Impax Laboratories, Inc., which the Committee approved as additions to the peer group in Fiscal 2015.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

2015 Executive Compensation Program Changes

 

As our Company grows, the Committee is committed to the evolution and improvement of our Executive Compensation Program to ensure alignment with our business strategy and shareholder interests, as well as best competitive practices.  The Committee made the following adjustments to the program’s core compensation elements for Fiscal 2015:

 

What’s Changed

 

How It’s Changed

 

Explanation

Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus)

 

·                  Added adjusted earnings per share (EPS) as a corporate financial performance metric, in addition to adjusted operating income and net sales.

·                  Increased weighting on corporate financial metrics from 75% to 90% (95% for the CEO) of total award opportunity.

·                  Reduced weighting on individual performance from 25% to 10% (5% for the CEO).

 

The Committee believes the selected performance metrics and weightings reinforce key business objectives and strategic priorities for Fiscal 2015, and further strengthen the alignment between pay and Company performance and long-term shareholder value creation. The Committee also believes these changes further encourage a focus on profitable growth and Company-wide collaboration.

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Incentives

 

·                  Established target award opportunities equal to 100% of salary for all NEOs, with grants for Fiscal 2015 performance to be provided through an equal value mix of stock options and restricted stock.

·                  Grant levels will be tied to Company performance, and can range from 0% to 150% of target awards based on actual results versus pre-established goals.

·                  Grants under this revised program occurred in July 2015, following the determination of actual performance results for Fiscal 2015.

 

The Committee chose to link equity grant levels to Company performance to strengthen alignment with shareholder interests. The balanced emphasis on stock options and restricted stock focuses executives on long-term shareholder value creation while also reinforcing the Company’s leadership retention strategy.

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Ownership Guidelines

 

·                  Adopted mandatory stock ownership guidelines ranging from 1.5X to 3X salary for executive officers, including NEOs, and 3X the annual Board retainer for non-employee directors.

·                  Executives and non-employee directors have 5 years to achieve guidelines and must hold 50% of all net after-tax shares from equity grants until ownership requirements are met (or 100% if guidelines still have not been achieved after 5 years).

 

The Committee chose to establish stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements to further align executive officer and non-employee director interests with those of shareholders.

 

Special Recognition Award: Restricted Stock

 

Granting restricted stock gives our NEOs a meaningful equity stake in our business.  The actual value of the award depends on our stock price when the shares vest, further aligning the interests of our NEOs with those of our shareholders over the long term. It also supports our need to retain key talent.  For Fiscal 2014, in addition to the regular stock options and restricted stock granted to the NEOs, the Committee approved a one-time, special restricted stock award in recognition of performance that far exceeded the Committee’s expectations.  This special recognition award vests three years from the date of grant and has two parts.  The first part of the award, equal to 25% of the total award, was granted in April 2014 to recognize year-to-date contributions.  The remaining 75% was granted in July 2014 and is included in the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal 2015.  Please see page 60 of this 10-K for details.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Overview of the Executive Compensation Program

 

Our Philosophy

 

A fundamental objective of our Executive Compensation Program is to focus our executives on creating long-term shareholder value — all aspects of our program are rooted in this goal and designed around the following guiding principles:

 

·                  Pay for performance: A significant portion of compensation should be variable and directly linked to corporate and individual performance goals and results.

·                  Competitiveness: Compensation should be sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain an executive team fully capable of driving exceptional performance.

·                  Alignment: The interests of executives should be aligned with those of our shareholders through equity-based compensation and performance measures that help to drive shareholder value over the long term.

 

To support these guiding principles, our program includes the following compensation elements:

 

Pay Element

 

Form

 

Purpose

Base Salary

 

Cash
(Fixed)

 

Provides a competitive level of compensation that reflects position responsibilities, strategic importance of the position and individual experience.

Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus)

 

Cash
(Variable)

 

Provides a cash-based award that recognizes the achievement of corporate goals in support of the annual business plan, as well as specific, qualitative and quantitative individual goals for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Long-Term Incentives

 

Equity
(Variable)

 

Provides incentives for management to execute on financial and strategic growth goals that drive long-term shareholder value creation and support the Company’s retention strategy.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Target Compensation Mix

 

The charts below show that most of our NEO’s target compensation for fiscal year 2015 is variable (63% for our CEO and an average of 61% for our other NEOs).  Variable pay includes the target value of short-term cash incentives (STI), stock options, and restricted stock.  The target pay mix excludes one-time equity grants (e.g., special recognition and new hire grants) to NEOs in fiscal year 2015.

 

 

Based upon fiscal year 2015 compensation as reported in the Summary Compensation Table on page 63 of this Form 10-K, variable pay represents 84% of total pay for our CEO and 81% of average total pay for our other NEOs.  This mix reflects our continued strong performance in Fiscal 2015 and includes the special recognition grant and a new hire grant for our President.

 

 

54



Table of Contents

 

How Compensation Decisions Are Made

 

·                  The Role of the Compensation Committee. The Committee, composed entirely of independent directors, is responsible for making executive compensation decisions for the NEOs.  The Committee works closely with its independent compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners (PM&P) and management to examine pay and performance matters throughout the year.  The Committee’s charter, which sets out its objectives and responsibilities, can be found at our website at www.lannett.com under Investor Relations.

 

The Committee has authority and responsibility to establish and periodically review our Executive Compensation Program and compensation philosophy.  Importantly, the Committee also has the sole responsibility for approving the corporate performance goals upon which compensation for the CEO is based, evaluating the CEO’s performance and determining and approving the CEO’s compensation, including equity-based compensation, based on the achievement of his goals.  The Committee also reviews and approves compensation levels for other NEOs, taking into consideration recommendations from the CEO.

 

In making its determinations, the Committee considers market data and advice from PM&P, as well as budgets, reports, performance assessments and other information provided by management.  It also considers other factors, such as the experience, skill sets, and contributions of each NEO towards our overall success.  However, the Committee is ultimately responsible for all compensation-related decisions for the NEOs and may exercise its own business judgment when evaluating performance results and making compensation decisions.

 

Timing of Committee Meetings and Grants; Option and Share Pricing

 

The Committee meets as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, and the timing of these meetings is established during the year.  The Committee holds special meetings from time to time as its workload requires.  Annual equity grants typically occur after the completion of fiscal year end performance results.  Historically, annual grants of equity awards have typically been approved at a meeting of the Committee in August/September of each year to reward prior fiscal year performance.  Going forward, equity grants will occur in the July/August time frame, reflecting the Company’s status change to a large accelerated filer (with an expedited filing date requirement) as a result of our strong growth and significant increase in equity market capitalization.  The Committee approved additional grants relating to Fiscal 2014 results, provided in two installments in April 2014 and July 2014, to recognize our exceptional performance.  Individual grants (for example, associated with the timing of a new NEO or promotion to an NEO position) may occur at any time of year.  The exercise price of each stock option and fair value of restricted stock awarded to our NEOs is the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

·                  The Role of the CEO. The CEO does not play any role in the Committee’s determination of his own compensation.  However, he presents the Committee with recommendations for each element of compensation including base salaries and short- and long-term incentive awards for the other NEOs, as well as for non-executive employees who are eligible for equity grants.  The CEO bases these recommendations upon his assessment of each individual’s performance, as well as market practice.  The Committee has full discretion to modify the recommendations of the CEO in the course of its approvals.

 

·                  The Role of the Independent Consultant. The Committee consults, as needed, with an outside compensation consulting firm.  As it makes decisions about executive compensation, the Committee reviews data and advice from its consultant about current compensation practices and trends among publicly-traded companies in general and comparable generic pharmaceutical companies in particular.  The Committee also reviews recommendations from its outside consultant and makes recommendations to the Board about the compensation for non-employee directors.

 

In late Fiscal 2013, PM&P was retained by the Committee, as its independent consultant, to review the competitiveness of the Executive Compensation Program.  PM&P provided the Committee with compensation data with respect to similarly sized biopharmaceutical and life sciences companies and consulted with the Committee about a variety of issues related to competitive compensation practices and incentive plan designs. PM&P was also retained by the Committee in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2015 to provide ongoing advice relating to the Executive Compensation Program and our compensation program for non-employee directors.  The Committee assessed the independence of PM&P pursuant to the SEC rules and concluded that no conflict of interest exists that would prevent PM&P from independently advising the Committee.

 

Peer Group & Benchmarking

 

The Committee evaluates industry-specific and general market compensation practices and trends to ensure the Executive Compensation Program is appropriately competitive.  When making decisions about the program for Fiscal 2015, the Committee considered publicly-available data, as well as a market study conducted by PM&P in June 2013.  Using this information, the Committee compared our compensation program to the compensation practices of other companies which the Committee believes are comparable to us in terms of size, scope and business complexity (the peer group).  A number of peer companies included in the 2013 study were subsequently acquired and as a result were removed from the peer group.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Given Lannett’s significant growth over the past several years as well as ongoing industry consolidation, the Committee approved the addition of Aceto Corporation and Impax Laboratories, Inc. to the peer group in fiscal year 2015.  These additional companies compete with us for business and executive talent, and were added to the peer group to round out the sample size.  As shown below, Lannett continues to rank in the upper half of the peer group in terms of revenues, profitability, and equity market capitalization.

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

Fiscal Year

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

Market Cap.

 

End Operating

 

Year End

 

Cumulative

 

 

 

End # of

 

6/30/2015

 

Income

 

Sales

 

3 YR TSR

 

Company Name

 

Employees

 

($mm)

 

($mm)

 

($mm)

 

6/30/2015

 

Aceto Corp.

 

270

 

$

717

 

$

48

 

$

510

 

185

%

Acorda Therapeutics, Inc.

 

489

 

$

1,426

 

$

53

 

$

401

 

41

%

Akorn, Inc.

 

1,644

 

$

4,996

 

$

150

 

$

593

 

177

%

Cambrex Corporation.

 

1,117

 

$

1,376

 

$

59

 

$

372

 

367

%

Cumberland Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

85

 

$

120

 

$

4

 

$

37

 

11

%

Emergent BioSolutions, Inc.

 

1,280

 

$

1,264

 

$

65

 

$

450

 

117

%

Genomic Health Inc.

 

752

 

$

897

 

$

(24

)

$

276

 

-17

%

Impax Laboratories Inc.

 

1,061

 

$

3,293

 

$

99

 

$

596

 

127

%

Pernix Therapeutics Holdings, Inc.

 

155

 

$

258

 

$

(15

)

$

122

 

-19

%

Sagent Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

466

 

$

780

 

$

18

 

$

289

 

34

%

SciClone Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

570

 

$

487

 

$

26

 

$

135

 

40

%

Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

80

 

$

733

 

$

33

 

$

112

 

134

%

Lannett Company, Inc.

 

502

 

$

2,154

 

$

226

 

$

407

 

1302

%

% Rank

 

50

%

83

%

100

%

67

%

100

%

 

2015 Executive Compensation Program Decisions

 

Base Salary

 

We attribute much of our success to our highly-experienced executive management team, and the strength of their leadership has been clearly demonstrated by our exceptional performance results.  In order to remain competitive among our industry peers, the Committee believes it must set compensation at market-competitive levels that reflect the executive’s experience, role and responsibilities.  In Fiscal 2014, the Committee approved increases to bring NEO base salaries to the 50th percentile of comparable organizations, as reported in PM&P’s June 2013 market pay analysis.  In Fiscal 2015, the Committee approved 3.0% salary increases for each NEO (other than Mr. Bogda):

 

NEO

 

2014 Annual Base Salary

 

2015 Annual Base Salary

 

% Change

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

$

539,000

 

$

555,170

 

3

%

Michael Bogda

 

N/A

 

$

480,000

 

N/A

*

Martin P. Galvan

 

$

317,000

 

$

326,510

 

3

%

William Schreck

 

$

346,000

 

$

356,380

 

3

%

Kevin Smith

 

$

278,000

 

$

286,340

 

3

%

 


*Mr. Bogda was hired in fiscal year 2015.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus)

 

The Company’s NEOs participate in an annual bonus program, which is designed to recognize yearly performance achievements focused primarily on operating results and profitable growth.  Actual payouts can range from 0% (below threshold) to 200% (superior performance) of target and are paid in cash.  The Committee sets each NEO’s threshold, target and maximum bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary, as follows:

 

 

 

Annual Bonus Opportunity As a % of Salary

 

Title

 

Threshold
(25% of Target)

 

Target
(100% of Target)

 

Superior
(200% of Target)

 

CEO

 

18.75

%

75

%

150

%

Other NEOs

 

15

%

60

%

120

%

 

Expressed as percentages of salary, Fiscal 2015 award opportunities for NEOs (other than Mr. Bogda, who was hired in Fiscal 2015) were the same as those established in Fiscal 2014.

 

The overall annual bonus plan for Fiscal 2015 is comprised of two components:

 

·                  Corporate Financial & Operational Goals: 90% (95% for the CEO) of the total target award opportunity is tied to operating results versus budget to promote a focus on Company-wide profitable growth and collaboration:

 

 

 

Weighting (Out of 100%)

 

Performance Metric

 

CEO

 

Other NEOs

 

Adjusted operating income

 

50

%

50

%

Adjusted earnings per share (EPS)

 

25

%

20

%

Revenue (Net sales)

 

20

%

20

%

Individual Objectives

 

5

%

10

%

 

For Fiscal 2015, the Committee added adjusted EPS as a corporate performance metric.  The Committee also increased the emphasis on financial and operational goals (which were collectively weighted at 75% of the target award opportunity in Fiscal 2014) to further align short-term incentives with overall corporate performance.  Adjusted operating income is defined as operating income excluding bonus and stock-based compensation expense, as further adjusted for certain non-recurring items.  Adjusted EPS is defined as diluted EPS excluding bonus and stock-based compensation expense, as further adjusted for certain non-recurring items.  Any adjustments are reviewed and approved by the Committee.

 

·                  Individual Objectives: 10% (5% for the CEO) of the total target award opportunity is based on the achievement of pre-established quantitative and qualitative individual goals, to promote individual accountability and “line of sight”.  Fiscal 2015 goals were tied to various strategic, financial and operational objectives, taking into consideration each NEO’s job function and responsibilities.  For competitive harm reasons, Lannett does not disclose specific details on individual goals and strategic objectives, although major accomplishments in Fiscal 2015 for each NEO are listed on page 58.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

2015 Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus): Results and Payouts

 

·                  Corporate Financial & Operational Results (Collectively Weighted 90% to 95% of Target Award). For Fiscal 2015, the Committee established financial performance goals ranging from 80% of budget (threshold) to 120% of budget (superior):

 

 

 

Weighting

 

Performance Goals

 

Performance Metric

 

(Out of 100%)

 

Threshold

 

Target

 

Superior

 

Actual

 

Adjusted operating income

($ millions)

 

50%

 

$

150.3

 

$

187.9

 

$

225.4

 

$

245.2

 

Adjusted earnings per share

(EPS)

 

20% (25% for CEO)

 

$

2.52

 

$

3.15

 

$

3.78

 

$

4.37

 

Revenue (Net sales)

($ millions)

 

20%

 

$

288.2

 

$

360.2

 

$

432.3

 

$

406.8

 

 

Actual Fiscal 2015 results exceeded Superior performance levels for adjusted operating income and adjusted EPS, and were between Target and Superior levels for net sales.  Actual adjusted operating income and adjusted EPS for Fiscal 2015 excluded certain acquisition-related expenses totaling $4.5 million.

 

·                  Individual Results (Collectively Weighted 5% of Target Award for the CEO and 10% for other NEOs).

 

NEO

 

Performance Highlights

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

·                  Achieved actual versus planned operating income, earnings per share and net sales

·                  Continued work on the CEO succession plan with Human Resources

·                  Led and managed C-Suite leadership/succession planning with Human Resources

Michael Bogda

 

·                  Enhanced current organization to support both planned and M&A growth

·                  Assessed R&D efforts and strengthened Product Selection process

·                  Performed assessment of Quality Culture, EHS and developed actionable plan to remediate gaps if uncovered

·                  Finalized expansion of dosage and API plants

Martin P. Galvan

 

·                  Delivered accurate financial reports on a required monthly, quarterly and annual basis as an accelerated filer with the SEC

·                  Enhanced financial performance through the management of receivables, automating bill-backs, charge-backs and rebate processes

·                  Contributed to the achievement of Company annual operating plan targets

·                  Assembled and mentored an executive M&A team

William Schreck

 

·                  Completed operational manufacturing suite at our Townsend Road facility

·                  Identified and completed due diligence related to the purchase of a new facility for future expansion

·                  Contributed to the achievement of Company annual operating plan targets

Kevin Smith

 

·                  Exceeded Company sales and operating income goals

·                  Increased market share on existing products

·                  Managed C-Topical brand sales initiative

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Total Annual Bonus

 

Based on our exceptional performance results and significant individual contributions, the NEOs earned awards between target and maximum levels on the corporate operational component and maximum amounts for the individual component under the annual bonus program.  Overall awards for NEOs were equal to approximately 193% of target amounts.  Total awards for each of the NEOs were as follows:

 

NEO

 

Operational Results Portion of the
Bonus (90% to 95%)

 

Individual Results Portion
of the Bonus (5% to 10%)

 

Total Actual Bonus

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

$

760,938

 

$

41,638

 

$

802,576

 

Michael Bogda

 

$

290,223

 

$

33,600

 

$

323,823

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

$

338,432

 

$

39,181

 

$

377,613

 

William Schreck

 

$

369,392

 

$

42,766

 

$

412,158

 

Kevin Smith

 

$

296,795

 

$

34,361

 

$

331,156

 

 

Short-term incentive awards earned in Fiscal 2015 were generally comparable with Fiscal 2014 levels, reflecting our extraordinary performance results in both years and no change in award opportunities for NEOs.  These awards were capped at 200% of target levels. Mr. Bogda’s payout was pro-rated, based on his December 1, 2014 hire date.

 

Long-Term Incentives

 

Prior to Fiscal 2014, stock options were used as the primary long-term incentive award vehicle for NEOs, with grants provided on a periodic, discretionary basis. In 2014, the Committee granted a combination of stock options and restricted stock, to further align executive and shareholder interests, enhance key employee retention, encourage long-term shareholder value creation and recognize each NEO’s contributions towards our extraordinary performance results.  The Committee continued this approach for grants made in fiscal year 2015, which included a combination of stock options and restricted stock.

 

·                  Stock options. To recognize Fiscal 2014 performance, the Committee approved the following stock option grants to NEOs effective as of August 12, 2014:

 

NEO

 

# of Stock Options Granted

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

96,000

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

30,000

 

William Schreck

 

29,000

 

Kevin Smith

 

26,000

 

 

These stock options vest in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant and expire on the tenth anniversary from the date of grant.  Each stock option has an exercise price of $34.77, equal to our closing stock price on the date of grant. In determining grant levels, the Committee considered each NEO’s contributions towards our strong financial performance results in Fiscal 2014, which included an 81% increase in net sales, a 355% increase in adjusted operating income, and a 248% increase in adjusted EPS as compared with Fiscal 2013 results.  Compared with Fiscal 2014 stock option grants, the number of shares granted was comparable for our CEO and lower for other NEOs.  Grant date award values reported for stock options awarded in Fiscal 2015 are higher than those for Fiscal 2014 due to the significant year over year increase in our financial performance, which led to a higher stock price (i.e., the grant date price was approximately 150% higher in 2015).

 

Mr. Bogda received a new hire grant of 75,000 stock options on December 1, 2014 upon commencing his role as President.  This stock option award has an exercise price of $46.34, equal to our closing price on the date of grant, and vests in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

·                 Special recognition award (restricted stock). In Fiscal 2014, the Committee decided it would be appropriate to provide one-time, special recognition grants of restricted stock to reward contributions towards our record-setting results and strengthen retention.  On April 24, 2014, the Committee approved the following special recognition awards, with 25% granted immediately and the remaining 75% granted on July 23, 2014, after the end of the fiscal year:

 

 

 

Number of Special Recognition Restricted Shares Granted

 

NEO

 

First Installment
(25%, Granted 4/24/14)

 

Second Installment* (75%,
Granted 7/23/14)

 

Total # of
Shares Granted

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

5,000

 

15,000

 

20,000

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

2,500

 

7,500

 

10,000

 

William Schreck

 

1,225

 

3,675

 

4,900

 

Kevin Smith

 

3,000

 

9,000

 

12,000

 

 


*The number of shares granted to each of the NEOs is also shown on the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table on page 64 of this Form 10-K.  Its value is also included in the “Summary Compensation Table” on page 63.

 

In approving these special recognition grants, the Committee considered each NEO’s contributions towards the Company’s Fiscal 2014 performance results.  It also considered the recommendations of the CEO (who makes recommendations for the NEOs, but not for himself).  To further enhance retention, these grants vest on the third anniversary from the date of grant, based on continued service with the Company.  Mr. Bogda did not receive a grant since he was not employed by us during Fiscal 2014.  NEOs did not receive any additional restricted stock grants in Fiscal 2015.

 

In Fiscal 2015, the Committee approved a new long-term incentive program that ties equity grant levels to overall corporate performance, using the same financial and operational metrics as under the Annual Bonus Plan.  Each NEO had a target award opportunity equal to 100% of base salary, provided through an equally weighted mix of stock options and restricted stock.  Actual grants can range from 0% (for below threshold results) to 150% (for superior performance) of target award levels:

 

Fiscal 2015 Performance Result

 

Percentage of Target Equity Grants Earned
(as % of Target Grant)

 

Below Threshold

 

0% (subject to Committee discretion)

 

Threshold (80% of Budget)

 

50%

 

Target (100% of Budget)

 

100%

 

Superior (120% of Budget)

 

150%

 

 

In Fiscal 2015, the Company achieved above-target financial performance results and NEOs exceeded individual performance goals.  As a result, the Committee approved the following grants to NEOs, effective as of July 22, 2015:

 

 

 

Equity Grants Earned Based on Fiscal 2015 Performance

 

NEO

 

# of Stock Options

 

# of Restricted Shares

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

15,280

 

6,880

 

Michael Bogda

 

7,710

 

3,470

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

8,990

 

4,040

 

William Schreck

 

9,810

 

4,410

 

Kevin Smith

 

7,880

 

3,550

 

 

These stock options vest in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant and expire on the tenth anniversary from the date of grant. Each stock option has an exercise price of $59.20, equal to our closing stock price on the date of grant.  Restricted stock also vests in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant.  Since these grants occurred after the end of the fiscal year, they will be included in the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table in the Form 10-K and proxy filings for Fiscal 2016, per current SEC reporting requirements.

 

Other Policies, Programs and Guidelines

 

The Company currently maintains a clawback policy under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with incentive awards for the CEO and CFO subject to recoupment in the event of a material financial restatement triggered by fraud or misconduct.  Additionally, any employee who violates the provisions of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is subject to disciplinary penalties that may include termination of employment.  The Committee intends to comply with any regulatory requirements pertaining to clawback provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act once rules are finalized by the SEC and New York Stock Exchange.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

NEOs, like all other employees, have retirement programs and other benefits as part of their overall compensation package.  The Committee believes that these programs and benefits support our compensation philosophy, part of which is to provide compensation that is sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain an executive team fully capable of driving exceptional performance.  The Committee periodically reviews these programs to validate that they are reasonable and consistent with market practice.  Attributed costs of the personal benefits available to the NEOs are included in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table on page 63.

 

·                  Retirement Benefits. Each of our NEOs is eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan that is available to all employees.  The Company provides matching contributions on a $0.50 basis up to 8% of the contributing employee’s base salary, subject to limitations of the 401(k) plan and applicable law.

 

·                  Other Benefits. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the same health benefits available to all other employees — there are no special medical plans for our NEOs.  Lannett provides life insurance for NEOs which would, in the event of death, pay $115,000 to designated beneficiaries.  Premiums paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed income.  Lannett also provides short- and long-term disability insurance which would, in the event of disability, pay the NEO 60% of his base salary up to the plan limits of $2,000 per week for short-term disability and $15,000 per month for long-term disability.  The NEOs are also provided with car allowances.

 

·                  Post-Termination Pay. The Committee believes that reasonable severance and change-in-control benefits are necessary in order to recruit and retain qualified senior executives and are generally required by the competitive recruiting environment within our industry and the marketplace in general.  These severance benefits reflect the fact that it may be difficult for our NEOs to find comparable employment within a short period of time, and are designed to alleviate concerns about the loss of his or her position without cause.  The Committee also believes that a change-in-control arrangement will provide security that will likely reduce the reluctance of an NEO to pursue a change in control transaction that could be in the best interest of our shareholders.  Lannett’s severance plan is designed to pay severance benefits to a NEO for a qualifying separation.  For the CEO, the severance plan provides for payment of three times base salary, plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved.  For the other NEOs, the severance plan provides for a payment of 18-months of base salary, plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved.

 

·                  Tax and Accounting Implications. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, precludes the deductibility of a NEO’s compensation that exceeds $1,000,000 per year unless the compensation is paid under a performance-based plan that has been approved by shareholders.  The Committee believes that it is generally preferable to comply with the requirements of 162(m) through, for example, the use of our incentive programs.  However, to maintain flexibility in compensating NEOs in a manner consistent with our compensation philosophy, the Committee may elect to provide compensation outside those requirements when it deems appropriate.  The Committee believes that shareholder interests are best served by not restricting the Committee’s discretion in this regard, even though such compensation may result in non-deductible compensation expenses to the Company.

 

Looking Ahead: Executive Compensation Program Changes for Fiscal 2016

 

For Fiscal 2016, the Committee decided to maintain the same short-term incentive (Annual Bonus) design as in Fiscal 2015, and approved a change to the long-term incentive plan award vehicle mix, as shown below:

 

·                  Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus).  For Fiscal 2016, performance metrics will include adjusted operating income, adjusted earnings per share (EPS), net sales, and personal objectives. Expressed as percentages of salary, the target annual bonus opportunity for the CEO was increased to 80% of salary (versus 75% of salary in Fiscal 2015), to more closely align with the market 50th percentile, and award opportunities for each other NEO will remain the same as those for Fiscal 2015.  No changes were made to overall weightings on corporate financial performance metrics and personal objectives.  Based on established Target Performance Goals for Fiscal 2016, the Committee chose to establish Threshold performance at 90% of Target as compared to 80% of Target in Fiscal 2015.

 

·                  Long-Term Incentives. Equity grants will continue to be provided in the form of restricted stock and stock options, with the number of shares earned based on the Company’s Fiscal 2016 financial performance using the same metrics as under the annual bonus plan.  To improve pay competitiveness versus peers, target long-term incentive award opportunities were increased to 200% of salary for the CEO, 140% of salary for the President, and 125% of salary for the Chief Operating Officer and VP of Finance & CFO.  Actual grant levels will range from 0% to 150% of target levels, based on Fiscal 2016 performance, as follows:

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Fiscal 2016 Performance Result

 

Percentage of Target Award Opportunity
Earned

 

Below Threshold

 

0% (subject to Committee discretion)

 

Threshold (90% of Target)

 

50%

 

Target (100% of Target)

 

100%

 

Superior (120% of Target)

 

150%

 

 

For any award values earned, 65% will be provided in the form of restricted stock, and 35% in the form of stock options, which represents a change from the equal value weighting under the Fiscal 2015 program.  The Committee chose to modify the mix for any earned awards to reduce equity plan dilution and share usage levels and to provide an enhanced equity stake for NEOs.  Consistent with the 2015 program design, equity grants will continue to be tied to Company performance, with no grants for below-threshold results (subject to Committee discretion).  Similar to the Annual Bonus Plan design for Fiscal 2016, threshold performance will be established at 90% of Goal performance (as opposed to 80% of Goal performance under the Fiscal 2015 program design).  Grants, if any, will occur following the end of Fiscal 2016, with stock options and restricted stock vesting in three equal annual increments based on continued service with the Company.

 

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

The Compensation Committee has reviewed, discussed and approved the CD&A as set forth above with management.  Taking this review and discussion into account, the undersigned Committee members recommend to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in the annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Paul Taveira, Chairman
David Drabik
James Maher

 

62



Table of Contents

 

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Overview

 

The tables and narratives set forth below provide specified information concerning the compensation of our Named Executive Officers (NEOs) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

This table summarizes all compensation paid to or earned by our NEOs for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal
Year

 

Salary

 

Stock
Awards

 

Options
Awards

 

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(e)

 

(f)

 

(g)

 

(i)

 

(j)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

2015

 

$

555,170

 

$

620,494

 

$

1,613,437

 

$

802,576

 

$

70,102

 

$

3,661,780

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2014

 

539,000

 

995,450

 

726,825

 

808,500

 

64,286

 

3,134,061

 

 

 

2013

 

437,513

 

25,300

 

150,810

 

588,784

 

62,587

 

1,264,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

2015

 

$

280,000

 

$

 

$

1,681,088

 

$

323,823

 

$

19,597

 

$

2,304,509

 

President

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

2015

 

$

326,510

 

$

275,775

 

$

504,199

 

$

377,613

 

$

38,377

 

$

1,522,475

 

Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

2014

 

317,000

 

637,450

 

403,792

 

380,400

 

20,645

 

1,759,287

 

 

2013

 

270,193

 

 

75,405

 

368,076

 

20,041

 

733,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

2015

 

$

356,380

 

$

135,130

 

$

487,393

 

$

412,158

 

$

55,344

 

$

1,446,404

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2014

 

346,000

 

287,259

 

363,413

 

367,622

 

36,107

 

1,400,400

 

 

 

2013

 

255,856

 

 

82,474

 

344,319

 

21,985

 

704,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

2015

 

$

286,340

 

$

330,930

 

$

436,973

 

$

331,156

 

$

35,786

 

$

1,421,185

 

Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

2014

 

278,000

 

350,004

 

363,413

 

333,600

 

23,399

 

1,348,416

 

 

2013

 

218,965

 

 

82,474

 

294,673

 

26,682

 

622,794

 

 

All Other Compensation

 

The following summarizes the components of column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table above:

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal Year

 

Company
Match
Contributions
401(k) Plan

 

Auto
Allowance

 

Pay in
Lieu of
Vacation

 

Excess Life
Insurance

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

2015

 

$

10,715

 

$

13,500

 

$

44,841

 

$

1,046

 

$

70,102

 

 

 

2014

 

9,438

 

13,500

 

40,425

 

923

 

64,286

 

 

 

2013

 

8,433

 

13,500

 

39,760

 

894

 

62,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

2015

 

$

6,000

 

$

13,555

 

$

 

$

42

 

$

19,597

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

2015

 

$

8,893

 

$

10,800

 

$

18,288

 

$

396

 

$

38,377

 

 

 

2014

 

9,380

 

10,800

 

 

465

 

20,645

 

 

 

2013

 

8,601

 

10,800

 

 

640

 

20,041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

2015

 

$

9,514

 

$

10,800

 

$

34,267

 

$

762

 

$

55,344

 

 

 

2014

 

10,411

 

10,800

 

13,973

 

923

 

36,107

 

 

 

2013

 

7,592

 

10,800

 

2,968

 

625

 

21,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

2015

 

$

9,423

 

$

13,500

 

$

12,665

 

$

198

 

$

35,786

 

 

 

2014

 

9,737

 

13,500

 

 

162

 

23,399

 

 

 

2013

 

8,794

 

13,500

 

4,234

 

154

 

26,682

 

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards

 

Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards

 

All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stocks or

 

All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying

 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option

 

Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Threshold
($)

 

Target
($)

 

Maximum
($)

 

Threshold
(#)

 

Target
(#)

 

Maximum
(#)

 

Units (1)
(#)

 

Options (2)
(#)

 

Awards (3)
($/sh)

 

and Options
Awards (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

7/23/2014 (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,875

 

 

 

 

 

$

620,494

 

 

 

8/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,000

 

$

34.77

 

$

1,613,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

12/1/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

$

46.34

 

$

1,681,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

7/23/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

 

 

$

275,775

 

 

 

8/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

$

34.77

 

$

504,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

7/23/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,675

 

 

 

 

 

$

135,130

 

 

 

8/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,000

 

$

34.77

 

$

487,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

7/23/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

330,930

 

 

 

8/12/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,000

 

$

34.77

 

$

436,973

 

 


(1)       Reflects restricted stock granted to recognize the Company’s Fiscal 2014 performance, which vest three years from the date of grant.

 

(2)       For all NEOs other than Mr. Bogda, reflects stock options granted to recognize the Company’s Fiscal 2014 performance, which vest in three equal annual increments.  For Mr. Bogda, reflects stock options granted upon hire, which vest in three equal annual increments.

 

(3)       The exercise price was equal to the Company’s closing stock price on the date of grant.

 

(4)       Stock options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used in fair value calculations are described in Note 16, “Share-based Compensation,” in the Form 10-K.  The grant date fair value for other stock grants reflects the number of shares multiplied by the Company’s closing stock price on the applicable date of grant.

 

(5)       Includes 1,875 common shares granted to all directors for Board service.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year End

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the outstanding stock awards held at June 30, 2015 by each of the NEOs. The options were granted ten years prior to the option expiration date and vest over three years from that grant date.  Restricted shares vest three years from the date of grant.

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

 

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Number of

Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)

 

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested ($)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested (#)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested ($)

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

16,667

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

1/18/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,325

 

 

 

$

6.89

 

11/27/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

$

4.03

 

9/17/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

2.80

 

9/18/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

$

6.94

 

10/29/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,500

 

 

 

$

3.55

 

8/25/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,666

 

21,334

 

 

$

4.16

 

10/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

60,000

 

 

$

13.86

 

9/4/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,000

 

 

$

34.77

 

8/11/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,334

 

$

1,089,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

 

75,000

 

 

$

46.34

 

11/30/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

40,000

 

 

 

$

4.73

 

7/15/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,333

 

10,667

 

 

$

4.16

 

10/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,666

 

33,334

 

 

$

13.86

 

9/4/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

34.77

 

8/11/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,167

 

$

544,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

 

11,667

 

 

$

4.16

 

10/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

$

13.86

 

9/4/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,000

 

 

$

34.77

 

8/11/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,492

 

$

267,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

 

11,667

 

 

$

4.16

 

10/25/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

$

13.86

 

9/4/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,000

 

 

$

34.77

 

8/11/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,000

 

$

653,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Options Exercised and Stock Vested During the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015

 

The following table sets forth information concerning stock options exercised and stock awards that vested during fiscal year 2015 for each of the NEOs.

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

Value

 

Number of

 

Value

 

 

 

Acquired

 

Realized

 

Shares Acquired

 

Realized

 

Name and Principal Position

 

On Exercise

 

on Exercise

 

on Vesting

 

on Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

18,008

 

$

1,026,390

 

3,541

 

$

181,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

 

$

 

833

 

$

56,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

58,335

 

$

3,418,764

 

408

 

$

27,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

53,534

 

$

2,607,013

 

1,000

 

$

67,400

 

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with its NEOs: Arthur P. Bedrosian, Chief Executive Officer, Michael Bogda, President, Martin P. Galvan, VP of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Kevin R. Smith, SVP of Sales and Marketing, and William F. Schreck, Chief Operating Officer.  Each of the agreements provides for an annual base salary and eligibility to receive a bonus.  The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the review and approval of the Compensation Committee in accordance with the Committee’s Charter as approved by the Board of Directors.  Additionally, these executives are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards.  Under the agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability.  In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay these executives severance compensation as discussed in the table below.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

 

The following table assumes that the relevant triggering event occurred on June 30, 2015.  The fair market values of share-based compensation (i.e., Stock Options and Restricted Stock) were calculated using the closing price of Lannett Company, Inc. stock ($59.44) on June 30, 2015, which was the last trading day of Fiscal 2015.  The “spread,” the difference between the fair market value of Lannett Company’s stock on June 30, 2015, and the option exercise price, was used for valuing stock options.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Name 

 

Base Salary
Continuation

 

Annual Cash
Bonus

 

Acceleration
and
Exercisability of
Unvested Stock
Option Awards

 

Acceleration
of Unvested
Restricted
Stock

 

Insurance
Benefit
Continuation

 

Other
Benefits

 

Total

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2)

 

$

1,665,511

 

$

802,576

 

$

6,282,464

 

$

1,089,773

 

$

37,765

 

$

5,480

 

$

9,883,569

 

For Cause (3) (4)

 

 

802,576

 

 

 

 

5,480

 

808,056

 

Retirement / Death / Disability (3)

 

 

802,576

 

 

 

 

5,480

 

808,056

 

Change in Control (5)

 

1,665,511

 

802,576

 

6,282,464

 

1,089,773

 

37,765

 

5,480

 

9,883,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2)

 

$

720,000

 

$

323,823

 

$

982,500

 

 

$

37,282

 

$

1,312

 

$

2,064,918

 

For Cause (3) (4)

 

 

323,823

 

 

 

 

1,312

 

325,135

 

Retirement / Death / Disability (3)

 

 

323,823

 

 

 

 

1,312

 

325,135

 

Change in Control (5)

 

720,000

 

323,823

 

982,500

 

 

37,282

 

1,312

 

2,064,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2)

 

$

489,765

 

$

377,613

 

$

2,849,135

 

$

544,886

 

$

30,015

 

$

3,568

 

$

4,294,983

 

For Cause (3) (4)

 

 

377,613

 

 

 

 

3,568

 

381,181

 

Retirement / Death / Disability (3)

 

 

377,613

 

 

 

 

3,568

 

381,181

 

Change in Control (5)

 

489,765

 

377,613

 

2,849,135

 

544,886

 

30,015

 

3,568

 

4,294,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William F. Schreck

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2)

 

$

534,570

 

$

412,158

 

$

2,727,782

 

$

267,004

 

$

32,120

 

$

5,652

 

$

3,979,287

 

For Cause (3) (4)

 

 

412,158

 

 

 

 

5,652

 

417,810

 

Retirement / Death / Disability (3) 

 

 

412,158

 

 

 

 

5,652

 

417,810

 

Change in Control (5)

 

534,570

 

412,158

 

2,727,782

 

267,004

 

32,120

 

5,652

 

3,979,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin R. Smith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2)

 

$

429,510

 

$

331,156

 

$

2,653,772

 

$

653,840

 

$

37,173

 

$

4,784

 

$

4,110,234

 

For Cause (3) (4)

 

 

331,156

 

 

 

 

4,784

 

335,940

 

Retirement / Death / Disability (3)

 

 

331,156

 

 

 

 

4,784

 

335,940

 

Change in Control (5)

 

429,510

 

331,156

 

2,653,772

 

653,840

 

37,173

 

4,784

 

4,110,234

 

 


(1) Each employment agreement ranges from 1-3 years and is automatically renewed unless notice is given by either party.  Any non-renewal of the existing employment agreements by the Company and any resignation of the Executive with Good Reason both constitute a termination without Cause.  Under the existing employment agreements base salary continuation for a period of 18-36 months, pro-rated cash bonus as if all targets and goals were achieved subject to any applicable cap on cash payments, acceleration of exercisability of unvested stock option awards, acceleration of unvested restricted stock, and insurance benefit continuation for a period of 18 months (collectively “Severance Compensation”) will only be made if the Executive executes and delivers to the Company, in a form prepared by the Company, a release of all claims against the Company and other appropriate parties, excluding the Company’s performance obligation to pay Severance Compensation and the Executive’s vested rights under the Company sponsored retirement plans, 401(k) plans and stock ownership plans (“General Release”).  Severance Compensation is paid in equal monthly installments over a 12 month period to commence on the 90th day following the Termination Date provided the Executive has not revoked the General Release prior to that date.  Earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date.

 

(2) Under the existing employment agreements, Good Reason is defined as giving written notice of his resignation within thirty (30) days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Executive, of one of the following events: (A) the assignment to Executive of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with Executive’s position or a material and adverse alteration in the nature of his duties, responsibilities and/or reporting obligations, (B) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or a failure to pay any such amounts when due; or (C) the relocation of Company headquarters more than 100 miles from its current location.  Good Reason is also defined to include any other reason provided the Executive gives at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Company.

 

(3) Under the existing employment agreements,  if the Executive is terminated For Cause; by death; by disability; resigns without Good Reason; or retires; earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date.

 

(4) For Cause generally means Executive’s willful commission of an act constituting fraud, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary duty, material dishonesty with respect to the Company, gross negligence or willful misconduct in performance of Executive duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation relating to the operation of the Company, abuse of illegal drugs or other controlled substances or habitual intoxication, willful violation of published business conduct guidelines, code of ethics, conflict of interest or other similar policies, and Executive becoming under investigation by or subject to any disciplinary charges by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company (including but not limited to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)) or if any complaint is filed against the Executive by any such regulatory agency.

 

(5) Under the existing employment agreements a Change in Control is defined as a “change in ownership of the Company”, “a change in effective control of the Company”, or “a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets.”  If the Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or resigns with Good Reason within 24 months of a Change in Control event, the Executive shall be entitled to earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items.  These items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date.  Additionally, the Executive shall be entitled to Severance Compensation to be paid in equal monthly installments over a 12 month period to commence on the 90th day following the Termination Date provided the Executive has not revoked the General Release prior to that date.  A written notice that the Executive’s employment term is not extended within the 24-month period after a Change in Control shall be deemed a termination without Cause, unless the Executive and the Company execute a new employment agreement.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Our Board of Directors is actively involved in providing strategic direction and fiduciary oversight to the Company. Through Fiscal 2015, we had five Board members, which resulted in a significant workload for our directors, with our three independent directors each serving on at least three committees.  Our Board of Directors held numerous meetings and teleconferences in Fiscal 2015 in carrying out its responsibilities. One of the important roles the Board plays is in the area of mergers and acquisitions (M&A).  The Company has been involved with a sudden increase in M&A activity throughout the fiscal year, including the recently announced acquisition of Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.  The Board is actively involved in transactional due diligence as well as on-going reviews of business development activities.

 

Accordingly, our Board members were under pressure to multitask in order to bring their expertise to bear in this new area of focus by the Company.  In light of the dramatic growth, the Board has also been actively involved in seeking additional Board members to alleviate the work load now being placed on the Board.  In July 2015, we added Mr. Albert Paonessa, III, a generic pharmaceutical industry expert, as a new director.

 

For Fiscal 2015, our non-employee directors received a cash retainer of $90,000, payable in monthly increments of $7,500, for Board and committee service.  No other cash retainers or meeting fees were provided.

 

In Fiscal 2014, Board members received quarterly grants of 1,875 common shares, beginning in October 2013, which were immediately vested at grant.  The last quarterly installment for Fiscal 2014 Board service was made in July 2014, and is reported in the table below, since the grant occurred in Fiscal 2015.  Given the Company’s continued strong performance and the significant efforts and contributions of our directors in Fiscal 2015, in July 2015, each Board member received an award of 4,223 common shares with a grant date value of $250,000, immediately vested at grant.  Grant date values for this grant will be reported in the director compensation table for Fiscal 2016, since the grant occurred after the end of Fiscal 2015.

 

Effective in July 2014, the Board of Directors approved stock ownership guidelines for non-employee directors equal to three times their cash retainer.  Non-employee directors must meet required ownership levels within five years of first becoming subject to the guidelines.

 

The following table shows compensation information for Fiscal 2015 for non-employee members of our Board of Directors.

 

 

 

Fees
Earned

 

Stock
Awards

 

Options
Awards

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

 

Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

Name

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber

 

$

90,000

 

$

68,944

 

 

 

 

 

$

158,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Drabik

 

90,000

 

68,944

 

 

 

 

 

158,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Taveira

 

90,000

 

68,944

 

 

 

 

 

158,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Maher

 

90,000

 

68,944

 

 

 

 

 

158,944

 

 

Reflects grant date award value for equity grants received in Fiscal 2015, including quarterly grant of 1,875 common shares for Fiscal 2014 Board service made on 7/23/14.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 12.                                         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2015, information regarding the security ownership of the directors and certain executive officers of the Company and persons known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s common stock.  Although grants of restricted stock under the Company’s 2006, 2011 and 2014 Long Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) generally vest equally over a three year period from the grant date, the restricted shares are included below because the voting rights with respect to such restricted stock are acquired immediately upon grant.

 

Name and Address of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial Owner /

 

 

 

Excluding Options (*)

 

Including Options (**)

 

Director / Executive
Officer

 

Office

 

Shares Held
Directly

 

Shares Held
Indirectly

 

Total
Shares

 

Percent of
Class

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percent of
Class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John M. Abt

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

VP of Quality

 

3,259

 

0

 

3,259

(15)

0.01

%

3,259

(15)

0.01

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

614,440

 

12,500

 

626,940

(1)

1.72

%

1,068,098

(1),(2)

2.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Bogda

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

President

 

3,470

 

0

 

3,470

(3)

0.01

%

3,470

(3)

0.01

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Drabik

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

19,223

 

0

 

19,223

 

0.05

%

19,223

 

0.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Ehlinger

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Chief Information Officer

 

122,740

 

0

 

122,740

(4)

0.34

%

179,496

(4),(5)

0.49

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Chairman of the Board, Director

 

2,412,093

 

2,250,327

 

4,662,420

(6)

12.78

%

4,687,420

(6),(7)

12.84

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Farber

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

 

 

1,940,870

 

2,442,455

 

4,383,325

(8)

12.02

%

4,383,325

(8)

12.02

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey and Jennifer Farber Family Foundation
2354 Bellingham Drive

Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

1,593,498

 

0

 

1,593,498

(9)

4.37

%

1,593,498

(9)

4.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David and Nancy Farber Family Foundation

2354 Bellingham Drive

Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

1,593,499

 

0

 

1,593,499

(10)

4.37

%

1,593,499

(10)

4.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farber Family LLC

2354 Bellingham Drive

Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

528,142

 

0

 

528,142

(11)

1.45

%

528,142

(11)

1.45

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farber Investment LLC

2354 Bellingham Drive

Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

38,000

 

0

 

38,000

(12)

0.10

%

38,000

(12)

0.10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martin Galvan

13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

VP of Finance, CFO and Treasurer

 

35,397

 

0

 

35,397

(13)

0.10

%

140,063

(13),(14)

0.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James M. Maher

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

16,223

 

0

 

16,223

 

0.04

%

16,223

 

0.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Albert Paonessa, III

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

530

 

0

 

530

 

0.00

%

530

 

0.00

%

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Name and Address of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial Owner /

 

 

 

Excluding Options (*)

 

Including Options (**)

 

Director / Executive
Officer

 

Office

 

Shares Held
Directly

 

Shares Held
Indirectly

 

Total
Shares

 

Percent of
Class

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percent of
Class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William F. Schreck

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

55,379

 

0

 

55,379

(16)

0.15

%

80,045

(16),(17)

0.22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin R. Smith

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

SVP of Sales and Marketing

 

13,986

 

0

 

13,986

(18)

0.04

%

37,652

(18),(19)

0.10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Taveira

13200 Townsend Road

Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

19,723

 

0

 

19,723

 

0.05

%

19,723

 

0.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

 

 

 

3,316,463

 

2,262,827

 

5,579,290

 

15.30

%

6,255,202

 

16.84

%

 


(1)                  Includes 12,500 shares owned by Arthur P. Bedrosian’s wife and daughter.  Mr. Bedrosian disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 20,214 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock awards granted in April 2014, July 2014, and July 2015.

 

(2)                  Includes 16,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share, 20,325 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 75,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, 30,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80, 75,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.94 per share, 89,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.55, 42,666 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.16, 60,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86, and 32,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77.

 

(3)                  Includes 3,470 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock awards granted in July 2015.

 

(4)                  Includes 2,830 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock awards granted in July 2015.

 

(5)                  Includes 6,757 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.55, 23,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.16, 23,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86, and 3,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77.

 

(6)                  Includes 1,593,498 shares held by the Jeffrey Farber Family Foundation which is managed by Jeffrey Farber.  Jeffrey Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 528,142 shares held by Farber Family LLC (“FFLLC”) which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 73,408 shares held by Jeffrey Farber as custodian for his children, 17,279 shares held as joint custodian with David Farber for a relative, and also includes 38,000 shares held by Farber Investment Company (“FIC”).  Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially own 25% of FIC and each disclaim beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC.

 

(7)                  Includes 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.55, and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89.

 

(8)                  Includes 1,593,499 shares held by the David and Nancy Family Foundation.  David Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 528,142 shares held by FFLLC which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 265,535 shares held by David Farber as custodian for his children and 17,279 shares held as joint custodian with Jeffrey Farber for a relative.  Also includes 38,000 shares held by FIC.  Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially own 25% of FIC and each disclaim beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC.

 

(9)                  Jeffrey and Jennifer Farber Family Foundation is managed by Jeffrey Farber.

 

(10)             David and Nancy Farber Family Foundation is managed by David and Nancy Farber.

 

(11)             Farber Family LLC is managed by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber.

 

(12)             Farber Investment LLC is beneficially owned 25% each by Jeffrey and David Farber and 50% by Larry Farber.

 

(13)             Includes 10,707 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock awards granted in April 2014, July 2014 and July 2015.

 

(14)             Includes 40,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.73 per share, 21,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share, 33,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86, and 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77.

 

(15)             Includes 3,140 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock awards granted in March 2015 and July 2015.

 

(16)             Includes 7,677 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in April 2014, July 2014 and July 2015.

 

(17)             Includes 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 and 9,666 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77.

 

(18)             Includes 11,550 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in April 2014, July 2014 and July 2015.

 

(19)             Includes 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 and 8,666 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

*   Percent of class calculation is based on 36,476,764 outstanding shares of common stock at July 31, 2015.

 

** Assumes that all options exercisable within sixty days have been exercised.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table summarizes the equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2015:

 

(In thousands, except for weighted average exercise price)
Plan Category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)

 

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(b)

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

 

Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders

 

1,975

 

$

15.39

 

2,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,975

 

$

15.39

 

2,509

 

 

ITEM 13.                                         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The Company had sales of $1.9 million, $2.3 million and $1.3 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”).  Jeffrey Farber, Chairman of the Board, is the owner of Auburn.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Auburn of $733 thousand and $980 thousand at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  In the Company’s opinion, the terms of these transactions were not more favorable to Auburn than would have been to a non-related party.

 

ITEM 14.                                         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Grant Thornton LLP served as the independent auditors of the Company during Fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.  No relationship exists, other than the usual relationship between independent public accountant and client.  The following table identifies the fees incurred for services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP in Fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

(In thousands)

 

Audit Fees

 

Audit-Related

 

Tax Fees (1)

 

All Other Fees (2)

 

Total Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2015:

 

$

499

 

$

 

$

104

 

$

10

 

$

613

 

Fiscal 2014:

 

$

444

 

$

 

$

69

 

$

 

$

513

 

Fiscal 2013:

 

$

375

 

$

 

$

103

 

$

14

 

$

492

 

 


(1) Tax fees include fees paid for preparation of annual federal, state and local income tax returns, quarterly estimated income tax payments, and various tax planning services.

 

(2) Other fees include fees paid for review of various correspondences, miscellaneous studies, etc.

 

The non-audit services provided to the Company by Grant Thornton LLP were pre-approved by the Company’s Audit Committee.  Prior to engaging its auditor to perform non-audit services, the Company’s Audit Committee reviews the particular service to be provided and the fee to be paid by the Company for such service and assesses the impact of the service on the auditor’s independence.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.                                         EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

1.      Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

See accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2.                   Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

 

Lannett Company, Inc.

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

For the years ended June 30:

 

Description
(In thousands)

 

Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year

 

Charged to
(Reduction of)
Expense

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of Fiscal
Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

115

 

$

259

 

$

 

$

374

 

2014

 

41

 

74

 

 

115

 

2013

 

124

 

(83

)

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

2,384

 

$

6,700

 

$

4,127

 

$

4,957

 

2014

 

2,002

 

2,918

 

2,536

 

2,384

 

2013

 

1,472

 

876

 

346

 

2,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

2,289

 

$

37

 

$

 

$

2,326

 

2014

 

2,140

 

149

 

 

2,289

 

2013

 

2,112

 

28

 

 

2,140

 

 

3.                    Exhibits:

 

Those exhibits marked with a (*) refer to management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Method of Filing

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Lannett Company, Inc., Rohit Desai, the RD Nevada Trust, Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Stoneleigh Realty, LLC, dated as of May 15, 2015

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on December 6, 1991 (the “1991 Proxy Statement”).

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

By-Laws, as amended

 

Incorporated by reference to the 1991 Proxy Statement.

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Amendment No. 1 to amended and restated By-Laws

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Amendment No. 2 to amended and restated By-Laws

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 on Form 8-K dated July 17, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

Updated and Amended Certificate of Incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Annual Report on 2014 Form 10-K

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

 

Updated and Amended By-Laws

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Annual Report on 2014 Form 10-K

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Method of Filing

3.7

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lannett Company Inc., as amended through January 21, 2015.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 on Form 8-K dated April 3, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lannett Company Inc., as amended through July 6, 2015.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 on Form 8-K dated July 9, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Specimen Certificate for Common Stock

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 8 dated April 23, 1993 (Amendment No. 3 to Form 10-KSB for Fiscal 1992) (“Form 8”)

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Line of Credit Note dated March 11, 1999 between the Company and First Union National Bank

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ad) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Taxable Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Rate Revenue Bonds, Series of 1999

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ae) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(af) to the Annual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax-Exempt Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Revenue Bonds (Lannett Company, Inc. Project) Series of 1999

 

Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Letter of Credit and Agreements supporting bond issues between the Company and First Union National Bank

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ag) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.5*

 

2003 Stock Option Plan

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Employment Agreement with Kevin Smith

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.7*

 

Employment Agreement with Arthur Bedrosian

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Siegfried (USA), Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Jerome Stevens, Pharmaceutical, Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K dated April 20, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

10.11*

 

Terms of Employment Agreement with Stephen J. Kovary

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Agreement of Sale Between Anvil Construction Company, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K

 

 

 

 

 

10.13*

 

2006 Long Term Incentive Plan

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 5, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

10.15*

 

2011 Long Term Incentive Plan

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 19, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Terms of Employment Agreement with Martin P. Galvan

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K dated August 8, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated April 29, 2011 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N. A.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on 2011 Form 10-K

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Method of Filing

10.18

 

Loan Agreement dated May 26, 2011 between the Company, the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (“PIDA”) and PIDC Financing Corporation

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on 2011 Form 10-K

 

 

 

 

 

10.19*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.20*

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Martin P. Galvan

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.21*

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of William F. Schreck

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.22*

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kevin Smith

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.23*

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Ernest J. Sabo

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.24*

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Robert Ehlinger

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.25

 

Amendment to Agreement dated March 23, 2004 by and between Lannett Company, Inc. and Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 on Form 8-K dated August 19, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.26

 

Credit Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 among Lannett Company Inc., as the Borrower, Certain Financial Institutions as the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.27

 

Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013, among Lannett Company, Inc., the Subsidiaries of Lannett Company, Inc. identified therein, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

10.28*

 

Employment Agreement of Michael Bogda dated December 1, 2014

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

10.29

 

Lender Joinder and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 21, 2015 among Lannett Company, Inc., as the Borrower, Certain Financial Institutions as the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

10.30*

 

Employment Agreement of John Abt

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 on Form 10-Q dated May 8, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

10.31*

 

Employment Agreement of Rohit Desai

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

10.32*

 

Employment Agreement of Dr. Mahendra Dedhiya

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP

 

Filed Herewith

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Method of Filing

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

74



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian,

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Martin P. Galvan

 

 

 

 

Martin P. Galvan

 

 

 

 

Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ G. Michael Landis

 

 

 

 

G. Michael Landis

 

 

 

 

Director of Financial Reporting and Principal Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Farber

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ David Drabik

 

 

 

 

David Drabik,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of Governance and Nominating Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Paul Taveira

 

 

 

 

Paul Taveira,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of Compensation Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ James M. Maher

 

 

 

 

James M. Maher,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of Audit Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 27, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Albert Paonessa III

 

 

 

 

Albert Paonessa III,

 

 

 

 

Director

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and

Supplementary Financial Information

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

77

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

78

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and 2014

80

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

81

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

82

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

84

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

85

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the three Fiscal Years ended June 30, 2015

86

Supplementary Financial Information

 

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management of Lannett Company Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The Company’s internal control framework was designed to provide the Company’s management, and Board of Directors, reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) in conducting its assessment as of June 30, 2015As a result of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of June 30, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton, LLP, has issued its report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015.  Grant Thornton, LLP’s opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on page 79 of this Form 10-K.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lannett Company, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2015.  Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the consolidated financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15.  These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the related consolidated financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015, based on criteria established in 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated August 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

August 27, 2015

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lannett Company, Inc.

 

We have audited  the internal control over financial reporting of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware Corporation)  and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2015, based on criteria established in 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).   The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015, based on criteria established in 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June 30, 2015, and our report dated August 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

August 27, 2015

 

79



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

June 30, 2014

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

200,340

 

$

105,587

 

Investment securities

 

13,467

 

40,693

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

91,103

 

61,325

 

Inventories, net

 

46,191

 

44,844

 

Deferred tax assets

 

16,270

 

11,265

 

Other current assets

 

3,175

 

1,833

 

Total current assets

 

370,546

 

265,547

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

94,556

 

61,704

 

Intangible assets, net

 

29,090

 

927

 

Goodwill

 

141

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

12,495

 

14,234

 

Other assets

 

1,938

 

361

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

508,766

 

$

342,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

19,195

 

$

20,982

 

Accrued expenses

 

4,928

 

3,901

 

Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses

 

10,397

 

12,860

 

Rebates payable

 

7,553

 

4,558

 

Income taxes payable

 

1,918

 

4,569

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

135

 

129

 

Total current liabilities

 

44,126

 

46,999

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

874

 

1,009

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

45,000

 

48,008

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12 and 13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock ($0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 36,783,381 and 36,088,272 shares issued; 36,264,585 and 35,571,280 shares outstanding at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

 

37

 

36

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

236,178

 

216,793

 

Retained earnings

 

233,573

 

83,654

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(295

)

(54

)

Treasury stock (518,796 and 516,992 shares at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

 

(6,080

)

(5,959

)

Total Lannett Company, Inc. stockholders’ equity

 

463,413

 

294,470

 

Noncontrolling Interest

 

353

 

295

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

463,766

 

294,765

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

508,766

 

$

342,773

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

406,837

 

$

273,771

 

$

151,054

 

Cost of sales

 

100,481

 

99,263

 

93,634

 

JSP contract renewal cost

 

 

20,100

 

 

Gross profit

 

306,356

 

154,408

 

57,420

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

30,342

 

27,713

 

16,253

 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

49,527

 

38,606

 

22,410

 

Total operating expenses

 

79,869

 

66,319

 

38,663

 

Operating income

 

226,487

 

88,089

 

18,757

 

Other income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency gain (loss)

 

(21

)

1

 

3

 

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

 

33

 

(142

)

111

 

Gain on investment securities

 

705

 

1,907

 

699

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

 

1,250

 

Interest and dividend income

 

425

 

295

 

116

 

Interest expense

 

(207

)

(130

)

(251

)

Total other income

 

935

 

1,931

 

1,928

 

Income before income taxes

 

227,422

 

90,020

 

20,685

 

Income tax expense

 

77,430

 

32,857

 

7,303

 

Net income

 

149,992

 

57,163

 

13,382

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

73

 

62

 

65

 

Net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

149,919

 

$

57,101

 

$

13,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

4.18

 

$

1.70

 

$

0.47

 

Diluted

 

$

4.04

 

$

1.62

 

$

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

35,827,167

 

33,663,589

 

28,467,598

 

Diluted

 

37,127,117

 

35,193,376

 

28,942,933

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

149,992

 

$

57,163

 

$

13,382

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

 

(241

)

(7

)

16

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

 

(241

)

(7

)

16

 

Comprehensive income

 

149,751

 

57,156

 

13,398

 

Less: Total comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

73

 

62

 

65

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

149,678

 

$

57,094

 

$

13,333

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity Attributable to Lannett Company Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Paid-In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Treasury

 

Attributable to

 

Noncontrolling

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Issued

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (loss)

 

Stock

 

Lannett Co., Inc.

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, July 1, 2012

 

28,594

 

$

29

 

$

99,515

 

$

13,236

 

$

(63

)

$

(1,594

)

$

111,123

 

$

190

 

$

111,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans

 

691

 

 

3,083

 

 

 

 

3,083

 

 

3,083

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

 

1,477

 

 

1,477

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(440

)

(440

)

 

(440

)

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

(22

)

Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

16

 

 

16

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

13,317

 

 

 

13,317

 

65

 

13,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2013

 

29,285

 

$

29

 

$

104,075

 

$

26,553

 

$

(47

)

$

(2,034

)

$

128,576

 

$

233

 

$

128,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans

 

1,053

 

1

 

5,368

 

 

 

 

5,369

 

 

5,369

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

9,026

 

 

 

 

9,026

 

 

9,026

 

Shares issued in connection with the JSP contract renewal

 

1,500

 

2

 

20,098

 

 

 

 

20,100

 

 

20,100

 

Shares issued in connection with stock offering

 

4,250

 

4

 

71,474

 

 

 

 

71,478

 

 

71,478

 

Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation awards

 

 

 

6,752

 

 

 

 

6,752

 

 

6,752

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,925

)

(3,925

)

 

(3,925

)

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

(7

)

 

(7

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

57,101

 

 

 

57,101

 

62

 

57,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2014

 

36,088

 

$

36

 

$

216,793

 

$

83,654

 

$

(54

)

$

(5,959

)

$

294,470

 

$

295

 

$

294,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans

 

695

 

1

 

4,937

 

 

 

 

4,938

 

 

4,938

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

6,397

 

 

 

 

6,397

 

 

6,397

 

Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation awards

 

 

 

8,051

 

 

 

 

8,051

 

 

8,051

 

Purchase of Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(121

)

(121

)

 

(121

)

Distribution to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

(15

)

Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

(241

)

 

(241

)

 

(241

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

149,919

 

 

 

149,919

 

73

 

149,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2015

 

36,783

 

$

37

 

$

236,178

 

$

233,573

 

$

(295

)

$

(6,080

)

$

463,413

 

$

353

 

$

463,766

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

149,992

 

$

57,163

 

$

13,382

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

5,583

 

5,984

 

6,198

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

(3,266

)

(12,886

)

783

 

Share-based compensation

 

6,397

 

9,026

 

1,477

 

Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation awards

 

(8,051

)

(7,017

)

(240

)

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

 

(33

)

142

 

(111

)

Gain on investment securities

 

(705

)

(1,907

)

(699

)

JSP contract renewal cost

 

 

20,100

 

 

Other noncash expenses

 

110

 

111

 

16

 

Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash; net of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

(25,382

)

(34,912

)

173

 

Inventories

 

1,358

 

(12,313

)

(5,467

)

Prepaid income taxes/income taxes payable

 

5,127

 

11,432

 

2,514

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(1,673

)

154

 

317

 

Rebates payable

 

2,995

 

3,491

 

(345

)

Accounts payable

 

(2,498

)

(1,686

)

4,679

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,027

 

2,271

 

111

 

Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses

 

(2,463

)

5,950

 

3,712

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

128,518

 

45,103

 

26,500

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

(31,676

)

(26,082

)

(7,788

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

94

 

48

 

279

 

Purchases of intangible assets

 

(300

)

 

 

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

(41,862

)

 

 

Proceeds from sale of investment securities

 

75,770

 

23,374

 

22,456

 

Purchase of investment securities

 

(47,839

)

(53,699

)

(23,550

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(45,813

)

(56,359

)

(8,603

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of debt

 

(129

)

(5,376

)

(647

)

Proceeds from issuance of stock

 

4,938

 

5,369

 

3,083

 

Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation awards

 

8,051

 

7,017

 

240

 

Proceeds from stock offering

 

 

71,478

 

 

Deferred financing fees

 

(435

)

(402

)

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(121

)

(3,925

)

(440

)

Distributions to noncontrolling shareholders

 

(15

)

 

(22

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

12,289

 

74,161

 

2,214

 

Effect on cash and cash equivalents of changes in foreign exchange rates

 

(241

)

(7

)

16

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

94,753

 

62,898

 

20,127

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

105,587

 

42,689

 

22,562

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

 

$

200,340

 

$

105,587

 

$

42,689

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

206

 

$

130

 

$

251

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

75,569

 

$

34,311

 

$

4,006

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1.  The Business And Nature of Operations

 

Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Lannett”) develop, manufacture, package, market, and distribute solid oral (tablets and capsules), extended release, topical, and oral solution finished dosage forms of drugs, that address a wide range of therapeutic areas.  Certain of these products are manufactured by others and distributed by the Company.  The Company also manufactures active pharmaceutical ingredients through its Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs”) subsidiary, providing a vertical integration benefit.  Additionally, the Company distributes products under various distribution agreements, most notably the Jerome Stevens Distribution Agreement.

 

The Company operates pharmaceutical manufacturing plants in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Cody, Wyoming, and Carmel, New York.  Customers of the Company’s pharmaceutical products include generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug stores, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations.

 

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Lannett Company, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as Cody LCI Realty, LLC (“Realty”), a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in which the Company has a 50% ownership interest.  Noncontrolling interest in Realty is recorded net of tax as net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.  Additionally, all intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Business Combinations

 

Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective estimated fair values.  The fair values and useful lives assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on, among other factors, the expected future period of benefit of the asset, the various characteristics of the asset and projected future cash flows.  Significant judgment is employed in determining the assumptions utilized as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent measurement period.  Accordingly, changes in assumptions described above, could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial statement presentation.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Significant estimates and assumptions are required in the determination of revenue recognition and sales deductions for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments including a provision for the Company’s liability under the Medicare Part D program.  Additionally, significant estimates and assumptions are required when determining the fair value of long-lived assets, income taxes, contingencies, and share-based compensation.  Because of the inherent subjectivity and complexity involved in these estimates and assumptions, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. Dollars, the reporting currency of the Company.  The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiary are maintained in local currency and translated into U.S. dollars at the end of each reporting period.  Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period.  The adjustments resulting from the use of differing exchange rates are recorded as part of stockholders’ equity in accumulated comprehensive income (loss).  Gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under Other income (loss).  Amounts recorded due to foreign currency fluctuations are immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities less than or equal to three months at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value, and consist of bank deposits and certificates of deposit that are readily convertible into cash.  The Company maintains its cash deposits and cash equivalents at well-known, stable financial institutions.  Such amounts frequently exceed insured limits.

 

Investment securities

 

The Company’s investment securities consist of publicly-traded equity securities and certificates of deposit with original maturities greater than three months which are classified as trading investments.  Investment securities are recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices from broker or dealer quotations or transparent pricing sources at each reporting date.  Gains and losses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under Other income (loss).

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses.  The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts by considering a number of factors, including the length of time balances are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole.  The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are determined to be uncollectible.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market determined by the first-in, first-out method.  Inventories are regularly reviewed and provisions for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on current inventory levels and estimated sales forecasts.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives.  Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $5.4 million, $4.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.  Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years.  The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are tested at least annually for impairment.  Costs to renew or extend the term of a recognized intangible asset are expensed as incurred.

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Intangible Assets

 

The Company’s long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment, definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets.  Property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.  If a triggering event is determined to have occurred, the asset’s carrying value is compared to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flow of the asset, then impairment exists.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.  The judgments made in determining estimated fair values can materially impact our results of operations.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

In-Process Research and Development

 

Amounts allocated to in-process research and development in connection with a business combination are recorded at fair value and are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to the impairment testing in accordance with the Company’s impairment testing policy for indefinite-lived intangible assets.  As products in development are approved for sale, amounts will be allocated to product rights and will be amortized over their estimated useful lives.  These valuations reflect, among other things, the impact of changes to the development programs, the projected development and regulatory time frames and the current competitive environment. Changes in any of the Company’s assumptions may result in a reduction to the estimated fair value of the IPR&D asset and could result in future impairment charges.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, is carried at cost. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company first performs a qualitative assessment to determine if the quantitative impairment test is required.  If changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired, the Company performs the quantitative impairment test.  In accordance with accounting standards, a two-step quantitative method is used for determining goodwill impairment.  In the first step, we determine the fair value of our reporting unit (generic pharmaceuticals).  If the net book value of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we would then perform the second step of the impairment test which requires allocation of our reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities using the acquisition method prescribed under authoritative guidance for business combinations. Any residual fair value is allocated to goodwill. An impairment charge is recognized only if the implied fair value of our reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying amount.

 

Segment Information

 

The Company operates one reportable segment, generic pharmaceuticals.  As such, the Company aggregates its financial information for all products.  The following table identifies the Company’s net sales by medical indication for fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

(In thousands)

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

Medical Indication

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Antibiotic

 

$

12,306

 

$

13,572

 

$

9,167

 

Cardiovascular

 

55,166

 

62,121

 

25,876

 

Gallstone

 

65,262

 

6,578

 

6,114

 

Glaucoma

 

21,145

 

11,987

 

6,410

 

Gout

 

6,833

 

10,822

 

5,092

 

Migraine

 

25,729

 

14,527

 

5,418

 

Muscle Relaxant

 

8,779

 

 

 

Obesity

 

4,004

 

4,032

 

4,721

 

Pain Management

 

27,461

 

27,174

 

21,232

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

153,460

 

102,248

 

57,978

 

Other

 

26,692

 

20,710

 

9,046

 

Total

 

$

406,837

 

$

273,771

 

$

151,054

 

 

Customer, Supplier and Product Concentration

 

The following table presents the percentage of total net sales, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, for certain of the Company’s products, defined as products containing the same active ingredient or combination of ingredients, which accounted for at least 10% of net sales in any of those periods:

 

 

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product 1

 

38

%

37

%

38

%

Product 2

 

16

%

2

%

4

%

Product 3

 

12

%

20

%

8

%

Product 4

 

6

%

8

%

10

%

 

88



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the percentage of total net sales, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, for certain of the Company’s customers which accounted for at least 10% of net sales in any of those periods:

 

 

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer A

 

30

%

19

%

12

%

Customer B

 

11

%

8

%

9

%

Customer C

 

7

%

9

%

10

%

Customer D

 

%

13

%

17

%

 

Customer concentration was impacted by the strategic partnership between Amerisource Bergen and Walgreens, whereby Amerisource Bergen began product distribution on behalf of Walgreens in the third quarter of Fiscal Year 2014, as well as other strategic partnerships between industry wholesalers and retailers.

 

At June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, four customers accounted for 84% and 67%, respectively, of the Company’s net accounts receivable balance, respectively.  Credit terms are offered to customers based on evaluations of the customers’ financial condition and collateral is generally not required.

 

The Company’s primary finished product inventory supplier is Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”), in Bohemia, New York.  Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for 68%, 62% and 60% of the Company’s inventory purchases in fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  See Note 20 “Material Contracts with Suppliers” for more information.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer and provisions for rebates, promotional adjustments, price adjustments, returns, chargebacks, and other potential adjustments are reasonably determinable.  The Company also considers all other relevant criteria specified in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Topic No. 13, “Revenue Recognition”, in determining when to recognize revenue.

 

Net Sales Adjustments

 

When revenue is recognized, a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments, and other potential adjustments.  These provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers, and other factors known to management at the time of accrual.  Accruals for provisions are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserve presented as a reduction of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable, depending on the nature of the reserve.  The reserves, presented as a reduction of accounts receivable, totaled $69.4 million and $51.9 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Rebates payable at June 30, 2015 and 2014 included $7.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively, for certain rebate programs, primarily related to Medicare Part D and Medicaid, and certain sales allowances and other adjustments paid to indirect customers.

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales includes all costs related to bringing products to their final selling destination, which includes direct and indirect costs, such as direct material, labor, and overhead expenses.  Additionally, cost of sales includes product royalties, depreciation, amortization and costs to renew or extend recognized intangible assets, freight charges and other shipping and handling expenses.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, including all production costs until a drug candidate is approved by the FDA.  Research and development expenses include costs associated with internal projects as well as costs associated with third-party research and development contracts.

 

Contingencies

 

Loss contingencies, including litigation related contingencies, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the Company concludes that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable.  Legal fees related to litigation-related matters are expensed as incurred and included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the Selling, general and administrative line item.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

Share-based Compensation

 

Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period, using a straight-line method, based on the fair value of the instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for expected forfeitures.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of stock options and the stock price on the grant date to value restricted stock.  The Black-Scholes valuation model includes various assumptions, including the expected volatility, the expected life of the award, dividend yield, and the risk-free interest rate.  These assumptions involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control.  Changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the financial statements.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes as prescribed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse.  Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effects of changes in tax laws or enacted tax rates in the period during which they are signed into law.

 

The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The authoritative standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures.  The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.  Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income.  Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings.

 

Earnings Per Common Share

 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. is computed by dividing net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. is computed by dividing net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period including additional shares that would have been outstanding related to potentially dilutive securities.  These potentially dilutive securities primarily consist of stock options and unvested restricted stock.  Anti-dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity during a period except those that resulted from investments by or distributions to the company’s stockholders.  Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss), but excluded from net income as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.  The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  The authoritative guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  In July 2015, the FASB extended the effective date of the guidance by one year to December 15, 2017.  The Company is currently in the process of assessing the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

It is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015.  Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented.  The Company is currently in the process of assessing the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory — Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.  ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be subsequently measured using the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby eliminating the market value approach.  Net realizable value is defined as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.”  ASU 2015-11 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and is applied prospectively.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, of adopting this new accounting guidance on its financial statements.

 

Note 3.  Acquisitions

 

On June 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a New York corporation, and Stoneleigh Realty, LLC, a New York limited liability company (together “Silarx”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Stock Purchase Agreement.  Silarx manufactures and markets high-quality liquid pharmaceutical products, including generic prescription and over-the-counter products.  Silarx operates within a manufacturing facility located in Carmel, New York.  Strategic benefits of the acquisition include an FDA-approved manufacturing facility, research and development expertise and added diversity to Lannett’s portfolio of existing and pipeline products.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, Lannett purchased 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Silarx for cash consideration totaling $42.5 million, subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment.  The Company used the acquisition method of accounting to account for this transaction.  Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction were recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values using assumptions that are subject to change.  Any adjustments, if necessary, will be recorded in the measurement period.

 

The preliminary purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the Silarx business as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

Silarx
Pharmaceuticals,
Inc.

 

Cash

 

$

664

 

Accounts receivable, net of revenue-related reserves

 

4,396

 

Inventories

 

2,705

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

7,247

 

Silarx product rights

 

10,000

 

Silarx in-process research and development

 

18,000

 

Goodwill

 

141

 

Other current assets

 

9

 

Other assets

 

348

 

Total assets acquired

 

43,510

 

Accounts payable

 

(711

)

Income taxes payable

 

(273

)

Total fair value of acquisition

 

$

42,526

 

 

The amounts allocated to acquired in-process research and development represent an estimate of the fair value of purchased in-process technology for research projects that, as of the closing date of the acquisition, had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. The fair value of in-process research and development was based on the excess earnings method, which utilizes forecasts of expected cash inflows (including estimates for ongoing costs) and other contributory charges, on a project-by-project basis, and will be tested for impairment in accordance with the Company’s policy for testing indefinite-lived intangible assets.

 

Product rights totaling $10.0 million are comprised of currently marketed products that have an estimated useful life of 15 years.  The goodwill of $141 thousand arising from the acquisition consists largely of the value of the employee workforce and the value of products to be developed in the future.  The goodwill was assigned to the Company’s only operating segment, generic pharmaceuticals.  Goodwill recognized is expected to be fully deductible for income tax purposes.

 

Acquisition costs of $1.4 million were expensed during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and were included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the Selling, general and administrative line item.

 

91



Table of Contents

 

Unaudited Pro Forma financial results

 

The results of Silarx are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition.  The pro forma impacts assuming the acquisition had occurred as of July 1, 2013 were not material to the Company’s revenues, net income, and earnings per share.

 

Note 4.  Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following components at June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

Gross accounts receivable

 

$

160,960

 

$

113,420

 

Less Chargebacks reserve

 

(35,801

)

(30,320

)

Less Rebates reserve

 

(12,945

)

(10,532

)

Less Returns reserve

 

(19,209

)

(9,341

)

Less Other deductions

 

(1,528

)

(1,787

)

Less Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(374

)

(115

)

Account receivable, net

 

$

91,103

 

$

61,325

 

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns, and other deductions of $338.7 million, $83.4 million, $17.7 million, and $30.7 million, respectively.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns, and other deductions of $144.6 million, $56.3 million, $6.6 million, and $21.5 million, respectively.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns, and other deductions of $67.9 million, $23.7 million, $4.5 million, and $10.2 million, respectively.

 

Note 5.  Inventories

 

Inventories, net of allowances, at June 30, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

Raw Materials

 

$

19,501

 

$

19,767

 

Work-in-process

 

5,246

 

5,440

 

Finished Goods

 

18,560

 

17,592

 

Packaging Supplies

 

2,884

 

2,045

 

Total

 

$

46,191

 

$

44,844

 

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded provisions for excess and obsolete inventory of $6.7 million, $2.9 million and $876 thousand, respectively.  The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $5.0 million and $2.4 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Note 6.  Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)

 

Useful Lives

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

Land

 

 

$

5,891

 

$

4,641

 

Building and improvements

 

10 - 39 years

 

51,446

 

42,013

 

Machinery and equipment

 

5 - 10 years

 

47,681

 

37,678

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 - 7 years

 

1,748

 

1,416

 

Construction in progress

 

 

28,228

 

11,454

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

 

 

134,994

 

97,202

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(40,438

)

(35,498

)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

$

94,556

 

$

61,704

 

 

92



Table of Contents

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no impairment charges.  Property, plant and equipment, net included amounts held in foreign countries in the amount of $1.2 million and $1.1 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Note 7.  Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company’s financial instruments recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investment securities, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and debt obligations.  Included in cash and cash equivalents are certificates of deposit with maturities less than or equal to three months at the date of purchase and money market funds.  The carrying value of certain financial instruments, primarily cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their estimated fair values based upon the short-term nature of their maturity dates.  The carrying amount of the Company’s debt obligations approximates fair value based on current interest rates available to the Company on similar debt obligations.

 

The Company follows the authoritative guidance of ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  The authoritative guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are entirely within Level 1 of the hierarchy as defined below:

 

Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 — Directly or indirectly observable inputs, other than quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are material to the fair value of the asset or liability.  Financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation are examples of Level 3 assets and liabilities.

 

If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

(In thousands)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

$

13,467

 

$

 

$

 

$

13,467

 

Total Investment Securities

 

$

13,467

 

$

 

$

 

$

13,467

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

(In thousands)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

$

15,193

 

$

 

$

 

$

15,193

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

25,500

 

 

 

25,500

 

Total Investment Securities

 

$

40,693

 

$

 

$

 

$

40,693

 

 

Note 8.  Investment Securities

 

The Company uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of securities sold, which consisted entirely of securities classified as trading.

 

The Company had a net gain on investment securities of $705 thousand during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, which included an unrealized loss related to securities still held at June 30, 2015 of $1.1 million.

 

93



Table of Contents

 

The Company had a net gain on investment securities of $1.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, which included an unrealized gain related to securities still held at June 30, 2014 of $745 thousand.

 

The Company had a net gain on investment securities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 of $699 thousand, which included an unrealized gain related to securities still held at June 30, 2013 of $75 thousand.

 

Note 9.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

On June 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of Silarx.  See Note 3 “Acquisitions” for more information.  As part of the acquisition, goodwill was recognized.  The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended June 30, 2015 was as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

Generic
Pharmaceuticals

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

 

$

 

Goodwill acquired

 

141

 

Impairments

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015

 

$

141

 

 

Intangible assets, net as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

Intangible Assets, Net

 

(In thousands)

 

Weighted
Avg. Life
(Yrs.)

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Definite-lived:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cody Labs import license

 

15

 

582

 

582

 

(269

)

(232

)

313

 

350

 

Silarx product rights

 

15

 

10,000

 

 

(56

)

 

9,944

 

 

Other product rights

 

14

 

653

 

653

 

(269

)

(225

)

384

 

428

 

Total definite-lived

 

 

 

11,235

 

1,235

 

(594

)

(457

)

10,641

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other product rights

 

 

449

 

149

 

 

 

449

 

149

 

Silarx in-process research and development

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

Total indefinite-lived

 

 

 

18,449

 

149

 

 

 

18,449

 

149

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

 

 

$

29,684

 

$

1,384

 

$

(594

)

$

(457

)

$

29,090

 

$

927

 

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded amortization expense of $137 thousand, $1.4 million, and $1.9 million, respectively.  There were no impairments related to intangible assets during fiscal year 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Future annual amortization expense consists of the following:

 

(In thousands)
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,

 

Annual Amortization Expense

 

2016

 

$

748

 

2017

 

748

 

2018

 

748

 

2019

 

746

 

2020

 

739

 

Thereafter

 

6,912

 

 

 

$

10,641

 

 

Note 10.  Bank Line of Credit

 

In December 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and another financial institution.  Any loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at either a “Eurodollar Rate” or a “Base Rate” plus a specified margin.

 

94



Table of Contents

 

The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee on any undrawn commitments under the Credit Agreement ranging from 0.2% - 0.3% per annum according to the average daily balance of borrowings under the agreement. The Credit Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.  In connection with securing the Credit Agreement, the Company repaid substantially all of its outstanding debt.  See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for more information.

 

On April 21, 2015, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), pursuant to which the parties amended the terms of the Credit Agreement originally entered into on December 18, 2013 with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and certain other financial institutions party thereto as lenders.  The First Amendment increases the Company’s revolving line of credit from $50.0 million to $120.0 million (the “Credit Facility”), consisting of revolving loans, swingline loans not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million and letters of credit not to exceed a maximum aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million.  The First Amendment also includes an accordion feature that will allow the Company to increase the Credit Facility by a total of up to an additional $30.0 million, subject to securing additional commitments from existing lenders or new lending institutions.  The First Amendment also modified certain financial covenants, most notably permitted acquisitions and capital expenditures. Permitted acquisitions increased from $100.0 million to $200.0 million individually and in the aggregate for each fiscal year. Total permitted acquisitions over the remaining term of the Credit Agreement were increased to $600.0 million.  Capital expenditure covenants were also increased over the term of the Credit Agreement based on certain leverage ratios, as defined.  As of June 30, 2015, the Company had $120.0 million available under the Credit Agreement.

 

The Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, affirmative, negative and financial covenants, and events of default, applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries which are customary for credit facilities of this type.  As of June 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

 

Note 11.  Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

(In thousands)

 

2015

 

2014

 

First National Bank of Cody mortgage

 

$

1,009

 

$

1,138

 

Less current portion

 

135

 

129

 

Long-term debt

 

$

874

 

$

1,009

 

 

Current Portion of Long Term Debt:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

(In thousands)

 

2015

 

2014

 

First National Bank of Cody mortgage

 

$

135

 

$

129

 

 

The Company is the primary beneficiary to a VIE called Realty.  The VIE owns land and a building which is leased to Cody Labs.  A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody has been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, along with the related land and building.  The mortgage requires monthly principal and interest payments of $15 thousand.  As of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, the effective interest rate was 4.5%.  The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building with a net book value of $1.5 million.

 

Long-term debt amounts due, for the twelve month periods ending June 30 were as follows:

 

 

 

Amounts Payable

 

(In thousands)

 

to Institutions

 

2016

 

$

135

 

2017

 

141

 

2018

 

148

 

2019

 

154

 

2020

 

162

 

Thereafter

 

269

 

Total

 

$

1,009

 

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Note 12.  Legal and Regulatory Matters

 

Richard Asherman

 

On April 16, 2013, Richard Asherman (“Asherman”), the former President of and a member in Realty, filed a complaint (“Complaint”) in Wyoming state court against the Company and Cody Labs.  At the same time, he also filed an application for a temporary restraining order to enjoin certain operations at Cody Labs, claiming, among other things, that Cody Labs is in violation of certain zoning laws and that Cody Labs is required to increase the level of its property insurance and to secure performance bonds for work being performed at Cody Labs.  Mr. Asherman claims Cody Labs is in breach of his employment agreement and is required to pay him severance under his employment agreement, including 18 months of base salary, vesting of unvested stock options and continuation of benefits.  The Company estimates that the aggregate value of the claimed severance benefits is approximately $350 thousand to $400 thousand, plus the value of any stock options that he can prove was lost as a result of his termination.  Mr. Asherman also asserts that the Company is in breach of the Realty Operating Agreement and, among other requested remedies, he seeks to have the Company (i) pay him 50% of the value of 1.66 acres of land that Realty previously agreed to donate to an economic development entity associated with the City of Cody, Wyoming, which contemplated transaction has since been avoided and cancelled.  Although Mr. Asherman originally sought to require that Lannett acquire his interest in Realty for an unspecified price and/or to dissolve Realty, those claims have been dismissed.

 

The Company strongly disputes the claims in the Amended Complaint, including that the Company is required to acquire Mr. Asherman’s interest in Realty.  If Mr. Asherman were successful on his claim for breach of his employment agreement, he would be entitled to his contractual severance — 18 months’ salary plus the vesting of any stock options which Mr. Asherman can prove were capable of being exercised and were actually exercised within three months of his termination.  The Company does not believe that he is entitled to any payments with respect to the options, plus a continuation of benefits.  The amount the Company would be required to pay to Mr. Asherman if he were successful in compelling the buyout of his interest in Realty is dependent upon the value of the real property owned by Realty.  If a buyout were required, Realty would become wholly owned by the Company.  At this time the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range or aggregate dollar amount of Mr. Asherman’s claims or of any potential loss, if any, to the Company.  The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of the matter will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Connecticut Attorney General Inquiry

 

In July 2014, the Company received interrogatories and subpoena from the State of Connecticut Office of the Attorney General concerning its investigation into pricing of digoxin.  According to the subpoena, the Connecticut Attorney General is investigating whether anyone engaged in any activities that resulted in (a) fixing, maintaining or controlling prices of digoxin or (b) allocating and dividing customers or territories relating to the sale of digoxin in violation of Connecticut antitrust law.  The Company maintains that it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and continues to cooperate with the Connecticut Attorney General’s investigation.

 

Federal Investigation into the Generic Pharmaceutical Industry

 

In fiscal year 2015, the Company and certain affiliated individuals each were served with a grand jury subpoena relating to a federal investigation of the generic pharmaceutical industry into possible violations of the Sherman Act.  The subpoenas request corporate documents of the Company relating to corporate, financial, and employee information, communications or correspondence with competitors regarding the sale of generic prescription medications, and the marketing, sale, or pricing of certain products, generally for the period of 2005 through the dates of the subpoenas.

 

Based on reviews performed to date by outside counsel, the Company currently believes that it has acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and continues to cooperate with the federal investigation.

 

Patent Infringement (Paragraph IV Certification)

 

There is substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical industry with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of new products which are the subject of conflicting patent and intellectual property claims.  Certain of these claims relate to paragraph IV certifications, which allege that an innovator patent is invalid or would not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use, or sale of the new drug.

 

Zomig®

 

The Company filed with the Food and Drug Administration an Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) No. 206350, along with a paragraph IV certification, alleging that the two patents associated with the Zomig® nasal spray product (U.S. Patent No. 6,750,237 and U.S. Patent No. 67,220,767) are invalid. 

 

96



Table of Contents

 

In July 2014, AstraZeneca AB, AstraZeneca UK Limited, and Impax Laboratories, Inc. filed two patent infringement lawsuits in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that the Company’s filing of ANDA No. 206350 constitutes an act of patent infringement and seeking a declaration that the two patents at issue are valid and infringed.

 

In September 2014, the Company filed a motion to dismiss one patent infringement lawsuit for lack of standing and responded to the second lawsuit by denying that any valid patent claim would be infringed.  In the second lawsuit, the Company also counterclaimed for a declaratory judgment that the patent claims are invalid and not infringed.  The Court has consolidated the two actions and denied the motion to dismiss the first action without prejudice.

 

In July 2015, the Company filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) a Petition for Inter Partes Review of each of the patents in suit seeking to reject as invalid all claims of the patents in suit.

 

Thalomid®

 

The Company filed with the Food and Drug Administration an Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) No. 206601, along with a paragraph IV certification, alleging that the fifteen patents associated with the Thalomid drug product (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,045,501; 6,315,720; 6,561,976; 6,561,977; 6,755,784; 6,869,399; 6,908,432; 7,141,018; 7,230,012; 7,435,745; 7,874,984; 7,959,566; 8,204,763;  8,315,886; 8,589,188 and 8,626,53) are invalid, unenforceable and/or not infringed.  On January 30, 2015, Celgene Corporation and Children’s Medical Center Corporation filed a patent infringement lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that the Company’s filing of ANDA No. 206601 constitutes an act of patent infringement and seeking a declaration that the patents at issue are valid and infringed.

 

The Company has responded to the complaint by filing a motion challenging personal jurisdiction.  The court has decided to allow limited discovery on the issue of personal jurisdiction and has administratively terminated the motion while discovery is taken on the issue.

 

Dilaudid®

 

The Company filed with the Food and Drug Administration an Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) No. 207108, along with a paragraph IV certification, alleging that US Patent 6,589,960 associated with the Dilaudid® (hydromorphone oral solution) would not be infringed by the Company’s proposed hydromorphone oral solution product and/or that the patent is invalid.  On August 8, 2015, Purdue Pharmaceutical Products L.P, Purdue Pharma L.P, and Purdue Pharma Technologies Inc. filed a patent infringement lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that the Company’s filing of ANDA No. 207108 constitutes an act of patent infringement and seeking a declaration that the patent at issue was infringed by the submission of ANDA No, 207108.

 

To date, the complaint has not been served on the Company and no response has been filed by the Company.

 

The Company is also subject to various legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of its business including, but not limited to, product liability, intellectual property, patent infringement claims, and antitrust matters.  It is not possible to predict the outcome of these various proceedings.  An adverse determination in any of these proceedings in the future might have a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

 

Note 13.  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

The Company leases certain manufacturing and office equipment, in the ordinary course of business, with initial lease terms not greater than 12 months.  These leases are typically renewed annually.  Rental and lease expense was not material for all periods presented.

 

97



Table of Contents

 

Note 14.  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

The Company’s Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss was comprised of the following components as of June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance, July 1

 

$

(54

)

$

(47

)

Net (loss) on foreign currency translation (net of tax of $0 and $0)

 

(241

)

(7

)

Reclassifications to net income (net of tax of $0 and $0)

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss), net of tax

 

(241

)

(7

)

Ending Balance, June 30

 

(295

)

(54

)

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

$

(295

)

$

(54

)

 

Note 15.  Earnings Per Common Share

 

A dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is required on the face of the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations as well as a reconciliation of the computation of basic earnings per common share to diluted earnings per common share.  Basic earnings per common share excludes the dilutive impact of potentially dilutive securities and is computed by dividing net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the treasury stock method and includes the effect of potential dilution from the exercise of outstanding stock options and treats unvested restricted stock as if it were vested.  Potentially dilutive securities have been excluded in the weighted average number of common shares used for the calculation of earnings per share in periods of net loss because the effect of such securities would be anti-dilutive.  A reconciliation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per common share was as follows:

 

 

 

For Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

149,919

 

$

57,101

 

$

13,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

35,827,167

 

33,663,589

 

28,467,598

 

Effect of potentially dilutive options and restricted stock awards

 

1,299,950

 

1,529,787

 

475,335

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

37,127,117

 

35,193,376

 

28,942,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

4.18

 

$

1.70

 

$

0.47

 

Diluted

 

$

4.04

 

$

1.62

 

$

0.46

 

 

The number of anti-dilutive shares that have been excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were 83 thousand, 18 thousand, and 1.0 million, respectively.

 

Note 16.  Share-based Compensation

 

At June 30, 2015, the Company had four share-based employee compensation plans (the “2003 Plan,” the 2006 Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) or “2006 LTIP”, the 2011 LTIP and the 2014 LTIP).  Together these plans authorized an aggregate total of 8.1 million shares to be issued.  The plans have a total of 2.5 million shares available for future issuances.

 

The Company issues share-based compensation awards with a vesting period ranging up to 3 years and a maximum contractual term of 10 years.  The Company issues new shares of stock when stock options are exercised.  As of June 30, 2015, there was $10.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

 

Stock Options

 

The Company measures share-based compensation cost for options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair values of the stock options granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, the estimated annual forfeiture rates used to recognize the associated compensation expense and the weighted average fair value of the options granted:

 

98



Table of Contents

 

 

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2013

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.7

%

2.1

%

1.0

%

Expected volatility

 

52.1

%

62.8

%

61.6

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

Forfeiture rate

 

6.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

Expected term (in years)

 

5.5 years

 

5.9 years

 

6.1 years

 

Weighted average fair value

 

$

17.73

 

$

8.55

 

$

2.53

 

 

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares during the historical period equal to the expected term of the option.  The Company uses historical information to estimate the expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate for the period equal to the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting period.  This assumption is based on our actual forfeiture rate on historical awards.  Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations.  Additionally, the expected dividend yield is equal to zero, as the Company has not historically issued, and has no immediate plans to issue, a dividend.

 

A stock option roll-forward as of June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and changes during the years then ended, is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

(In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data)

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life (yrs.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at July 1, 2012

 

2,747

 

$

6.42

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

565

 

4.30

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(511

)

5.44

 

$

1,825

 

 

 

Forfeited, expired or repurchased

 

(482

)

8.39

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2013

 

2,319

 

5.71

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

780

 

13.90

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(783

)

6.41

 

$

24,375

 

 

 

Forfeited, expired or repurchased

 

(111

)

6.49

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2014

 

2,205

 

7.84

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

513

 

36.71

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(665

)

6.47

 

$

33,201

 

 

 

Forfeited, expired or repurchased

 

(78

)

18.33

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2015

 

1,975

 

$

15.39

 

$

86,983

 

7.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2015

 

1,910

 

$

15.01

 

$

84,865

 

7.1

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2015

 

858

 

$

5.97

 

$

45,879

 

5.5

 

 

Restricted Stock

 

The Company measures restricted stock compensation costs based on the stock price at the grant date less an estimate for forfeitures.  The annual forfeiture rate used to calculate compensation expense was 6.5% for fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and 7.5% for fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

A summary of restricted stock awards as of June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013 and changes during the fiscal years then ended, is presented below:

 

(In thousands)

 

Awards

 

Weighted
Average Grant -
date Fair Value

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at July 1, 2012

 

74

 

$

6.94

 

 

 

Granted

 

38

 

5.06

 

 

 

Vested

 

(110

)

6.30

 

$

491

 

Forfeited

 

(2

)

6.94

 

 

 

Non-vested at June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

269

 

24.07

 

 

 

Vested

 

(252

)

23.45

 

$

10,440

 

Forfeited

 

(1

)

24.48

 

 

 

Non-vested at June 30, 2014

 

16

 

34.01

 

 

 

Granted

 

103

 

37.97

 

 

 

Vested

 

(14

)

36.06

 

$

664

 

Forfeited

 

(7

)

36.59

 

 

 

Non-vested at June 30, 2015

 

98

 

$

37.83

 

 

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In February 2003, the Company’s stockholders approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).  Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP may purchase shares of the Company’s stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the calendar quarter, or the last day of the calendar quarter.  Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company to withhold up to 10% of their compensation during any quarterly offering period, subject to certain limitations.  The ESPP was implemented on April 1, 2003 and is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Board of Directors authorized an aggregate total of 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the ESPP.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, 12 thousand shares and 18 thousand shares were issued under the ESPP, respectively.  As of June 30, 2015, 438 thousand total cumulative shares have been issued under the ESPP.

 

The following table presents the allocation of share-based compensation costs recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations by financial statement line item:

 

 

 

For Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

(In thousands)

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

$

5,145

 

$

7,388

 

$

1,206

 

Research and development

 

523

 

675

 

99

 

Cost of sales

 

729

 

963

 

172

 

Total

 

$

6,397

 

$

9,026

 

$

1,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit at statutory rate

 

$

2,159

 

$

3,375

 

$

169

 

 

Note 17.  Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has a 401k defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees.  Pursuant to the Plan provisions, the Company is required to make matching contributions equal to 50% of each employee’s contribution, not to exceed 4% of the employee’s compensation for the Plan year.  Contributions to the Plan during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $855 thousand, $748 thousand, and $603 thousand, respectively.

 

100



Table of Contents

 

Note 18.  Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the fiscal years ended June 30:

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2013

 

Current Income Tax Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

80,124

 

$

41,497

 

$

5,914

 

State and Local

 

572

 

4,246

 

606

 

Total Current Income Tax Expense

 

80,696

 

45,743

 

6,520

 

Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(5,245

)

(11,613

)

216

 

State and Local

 

1,979

 

(1,273

)

567

 

Total Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

(3,266

)

(12,886

)

783

 

Total Income Tax Expense

 

$

77,430

 

$

32,857

 

$

7,303

 

 

A reconciliation of the differences between the effective rates and federal statutory rates was as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

June 30,
2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

 

35.0%

 

35.0%

 

34.0%

 

State and local income tax, net

 

0.1%

 

2.2%

 

2.6%

 

Nondeductible expenses

 

—%

 

0.4%

 

(0.2)%

 

Foreign rate differential

 

0.1%

 

0.2%

 

0.5%

 

Income tax credits

 

(0.4)%

 

(0.4)%

 

(2.5)%

 

Domestic production activity deduction

 

(1.3)%

 

(0.5)%

 

—%

 

Change in tax laws

 

0.6%

 

—%

 

1.1%

 

Other

 

(0.1)%

 

(0.4)%

 

(0.2)%

 

Effective income tax rate

 

34.0%

 

36.5%

 

35.3%

 

 

The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are accruals, reserves, impairment of intangibles, accumulated amortization, accumulated depreciation and share-based compensation expense.  A deferred tax asset is recorded for the future benefits created by the timing of accruals and reserves and the application of different amortization lives for financial statement and tax return purposes.  A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize certain of the deferred tax assets.  A deferred tax liability is recorded for the future liability created by different depreciation methods for financial statement and tax return purposes.  As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30,
2015

 

June 30,
2014

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

98

 

$

85

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

2,688

 

1,261

 

Reserve for returns

 

6,520

 

3,489

 

Reserves for accounts receivable and inventory

 

10,438

 

8,798

 

Intangible impairment

 

4,342

 

5,739

 

Federal net operating loss

 

801

 

865

 

Impairment on Cody note receivable

 

1,905

 

2,018

 

Accumulated amortization on intangible asset

 

8,526

 

9,338

 

Foreign net operating loss

 

421

 

271

 

Other

 

185

 

48

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

35,924

 

31,912

 

Valuation allowance

 

(2,326

)

(2,289

)

Total deferred tax asset less valuation allowance

 

33,598

 

29,623

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

115

 

94

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

4,687

 

3,715

 

Other

 

31

 

315

 

Total deferred tax liability

 

4,833

 

4,124

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

28,765

 

$

25,499

 

 

101



Table of Contents

 

On April 10, 2007, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire Cody by purchasing all of the remaining shares of common stock of Cody.  As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded deferred tax assets related to Cody’s federal net operation loss (NOL) carry-forwards totaling $3.8 million at the date of acquisition with $1.9 million expiring in 2026 and $1.9 million in 2027.

 

The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The authoritative standards issued by the FASB also provide guidance on de-recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and income tax disclosures.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) was as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance

 

Balance at July 1, 2013

 

$

360

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

58

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

10

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

Settlements

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

 

$

428

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

101

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

305

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

Settlements

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

(256

)

Balance at June 30, 2015

 

$

578

 

 

The cumulative amount of unrecognized tax benefits above that, if recognized, would impact the Company’s tax expense and effective tax rate is $578 thousand, $428 thousand, and $360 thousand for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, 2013, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company reported total unrecognized benefits of $578 thousand and $428 thousand, respectively.  As a result of the positions taken during the period, the Company has not recorded any interest and penalties for the period ended June 30, 2015 in the statement of operations and no cumulative interest and penalties have been recorded either in the Company’s statement of financial position as of June 30, 2015 and 2014.  The Company will recognize interest accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and any related penalties in operating expenses.  The Company does not believe that the total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey.  The Company’s tax returns for Fiscal Year 2011 and prior generally are no longer subject to review as such years generally are closed.  The Company believes that an unfavorable resolution for open tax years would not be material to the financial position of the Company.

 

Note 19.  Related Party Transactions

 

The Company had sales of $1.9 million, $2.3 million and $1.3 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”).  Jeffrey Farber, Chairman of the Board, is the owner of Auburn.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Auburn of $727 thousand and $980 thousand at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  In the Company’s opinion, the terms of these transactions were not more favorable to Auburn than would have been to a non-related party.

 

Note 20.  Material Contracts with Suppliers

 

Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals Distribution Agreement:

 

The Company’s primary finished goods inventory supplier is JSP, in Bohemia, New York.  Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for 68%, 62% and 60% of the Company’s inventory purchases in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

On March 23, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP for the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to the current line of JSP products, in exchange for 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  The JSP products covered under the agreement included Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules; Digoxin Tablets; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, sold generically and under the brand name Unithroid®.  On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend its initial contract to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP.  The amendment to the original agreement extends the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years through March 2019.  In connection with the amendment, the Company issued a total of 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock to JSP and JSP’s designees.  In accordance with its policy related to renewal and extension costs for recognized intangible assets, the Company recorded a $20.1 million expense in cost of sales, which represents the fair value of the shares on August 19, 2013.  If the parties agree to a second five year extension from March 23, 2019 to March 23, 2024, the Company is required to issue to JSP or its designees an additional 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock.  Both Lannett and JSP have the right to terminate the contract if one of the parties does not cure a material breach of the contract within thirty (30) days of notice from the non-breaching party.

 

During the renewal term of the agreement, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum dollar quantities of JSP products.  Specifically, the Company is required to purchase, in the aggregate, $31 million of products from JSP each year.  The Company has met the minimum purchase requirement for Fiscal 2015, but there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to continue to do so in Fiscal 2016 and in the future.  If the Company does not meet the minimum purchase requirements, JSP’s sole remedy is to terminate the agreement.

 

Note 21.  Cody Expansion Project

 

On December 20, 2012, the Company, through its subsidiaries Realty and Cody, entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with the City of Cody, Wyoming (“City of Cody”) and Forward Cody Wyoming, Inc. (“Forward Cody”), an unrelated non-profit corporation, which involves the construction of a building of approximately 24,000 square feet (the “Project”).  As part of the Agreement, Cody was obligated to make an additional capital investment in its existing facilities in the amount of $5.2 million and create an additional 45 full time positions within three years starting June 30, 2011; Realty was required to contribute 1.66 acres of land to Forward Cody and enter into a 25 year lease agreement with Forward Cody for the Project.  Realty will make annual rent payments totaling $108 thousand beginning on the date a Certificate of Occupancy permit is issued by the City of Cody and the Project is legally available for occupancy.  Cody will sublease the property from Realty.  Upon the fifth anniversary of occupancy, Realty may, at its discretion, purchase the Project from Forward Cody.  The purchase option continues until Realty purchases the Project.  Nothing in the Agreement should be deemed to create any relationship between Forward Cody and Realty other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

 

In June 2014, the Company amended the Agreement including changing the size of the building, eliminating the requirements to contribute any land, and removing Realty as a party to the agreement.  Additionally, Cody Labs is required to provide a capital contribution to the project in the amount of $565 thousand.  None of the revisions are expected to be material to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

The Company’s 25 year lease with Forward Cody began in April 2015.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

Note 22.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

Lannett’s quarterly consolidated results of operations are shown below:

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

99,276

 

$

99,352

 

$

114,822

 

$

93,387

 

Cost of sales

 

27,326

 

23,714

 

27,621

 

21,820

 

Gross profit

 

71,950

 

75,638

 

87,201

 

71,567

 

Operating expenses

 

20,932

 

21,363

 

20,658

 

16,916

 

Operating income

 

51,018

 

54,275

 

66,543

 

54,651

 

Other income (loss)

 

165

 

(42

)

713

 

99

 

Income tax expense

 

17,222

 

17,973

 

22,435

 

19,800

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

18

 

27

 

10

 

18

 

Net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

33,943

 

$

36,233

 

$

44,811

 

$

34,932

 

Earnings per common share attributable to Lannett Company Inc. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.94

 

$

1.01

 

$

1.26

 

$

0.98

 

Diluted

 

$

0.91

 

$

0.97

 

$

1.21

 

$

0.94

 

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

80,619

 

$

79,997

 

$

67,326

 

$

45,829

 

Cost of sales

 

24,691

 

23,865

 

26,284

 

44,523

 

Gross profit

 

55,928

 

56,132

 

41,042

 

1,306

 

Operating expenses

 

18,577

 

20,143

 

15,675

 

11,924

 

Operating income (loss)

 

37,351

 

35,989

 

25,367

 

(10,618

)

Other income

 

220

 

297

 

1,025

 

389

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

14,019

 

13,280

 

9,800

 

(4,242

)

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

17

 

11

 

26

 

8

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

23,535

 

$

22,995

 

$

16,566

 

$

(5,995

)

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company Inc. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.66

 

$

0.66

 

$

0.48

 

$

(0.20

)

Diluted

 

$

0.64

 

$

0.63

 

$

0.46

 

$

(0.20

)

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

40,174

 

$

39,022

 

$

36,564

 

$

35,294

 

Cost of sales

 

24,971

 

23,852

 

23,143

 

21,668

 

Gross profit

 

15,203

 

15,170

 

13,421

 

13,626

 

Operating expenses

 

9,527

 

10,474

 

8,727

 

9,935

 

Operating income

 

5,676

 

4,696

 

4,694

 

3,691

 

Other income (loss)

 

(109

)

594

 

(86

)

1,529

 

Income tax expense

 

1,950

 

1,327

 

1,749

 

2,277

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

54

 

16

 

(22

)

17

 

Net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

3,563

 

$

3,947

 

$

2,881

 

$

2,926

 

Earnings per common share attributable to Lannett Company Inc. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.10

 

Diluted

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.10

 

 

104



Table of Contents

 


(1)         Due to differences in weighted average common shares outstanding, quarterly earnings per share may not add up to the totals reported for the full fiscal year.

 

The decline in net sales from the second quarter of Fiscal 2015 to the third quarter of Fiscal 2015 was due to lower volumes and increased competition in cardiovascular products.

 

Gross margin percentage improved during Fiscal 2014 as a result of favorable pricing trends, specifically on products within the thyroid and cardiovascular medical indications.

 

On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend its initial contract to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP.  The amendment to the original agreement extends the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years.  In connection with the amendment, the Company issued a total of 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock to JSP and its designees.  In accordance with its policy related to renewal and extension costs for recognized intangible assets, the Company recorded a $20.1 million expense in cost of sales, which represents the fair value of the shares on August 19, 2013.

 

During the first quarter of Fiscal 2013, the Company entered into a favorable settlement agreement related to litigation the Company had been involved in since January 2010.  As a result of the agreement, the Company recorded a gain in the amount of $1.3 million.  As of June 30, 2013, the Company had recorded all amounts related to the agreement.

 

105